26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, AND 58764, NOVEL HUMAN TRANSFERASE FAMILY MEMBERS AND USES THEREFOR

Abstract: The invention provides isolated nucleic acids molecules, designated 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecules, which encode novel transferase family members. The invention also provides antisense nucleic acid molecules, recombinant expression vectors containing 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecules, host cells into which the expression vectors have been introduced, and nonhuman transgenic animals in which a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene has been introduced or disrupted. The invention still further provides isolated 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins, fusion proteins, antigenic peptides and anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, -58764 antibodies. Diagnostic methods utilizing compositions of the invention are also provided.

Description: 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, AND 58764, NOVEL HUMAN TRANSFERASE FAMILY MEMBERS AND USES THEREFOR Background of the Invention Transferases catalyze the transfer of one molecular group from one molecule to another. Such molecular groups include phosphate, amino, methyl, formyl, acetyl, acyl, glycosyl, phosphatidyl, phosphoribosyl, among other groups. One such type of transferase is glycosyltransferase. A great diversity of oligosaccharide structures and types of glycoconjugates is found in nature, and these are synthesized by a large number of glycosyltransferases. Glycosyltransferases catalyze the synthesis of glycoconjugates, including glycolipids, glycoproteins, and polysaccharides, by transferring an activated mono- or oligosaccharide residue to an existing acceptor molecule for the initiation or elongation of the carbohydrate chain. A catalytic reaction is believed to involve the recognition of both the donor and acceptor by suitable domains, as well as the , catalytic site of the enzyme (Amado et al. (1999) Biochim Biophys Acta 1473:35-53; Kapitonov et al. (1999) Glycobiology 9:961-78). Because the glycosylation reaction is highly specific with respect to both the configuration of the sugar residue and the site of the addition, it is expected that unique domain structures for substrate recognition and nucleotide-sugar binding are located within the enzyme molecule. Evidence indicates that formation of many glycosidic linkages is covered by large homologous glycosyltransferase gene families, and that the existence of multiple enzyme isoforms provides a degree of redundancy as well as a higher level of regulation of the glycoforms synthesized (Kapitonov et al. (1999) Glycobiology 9:961-78). Glycosylation is the principal chemical modification to proteins as they pass through Golgi vesicles. Glycosyltransferases of the Golgi do not possess an obvious sequence homology which would suggest a common Golgi retention signal. However, they are all membrane proteins and share type II topology, consisting of an amino terminal cytoplasmic tail, a signal anchor transmembrane domain, a stem region, and a large luminal catalyitc domain. The membrane-spanning domain and its flanking regions contain necessary and sufficient information for Golgi retention of these enzymes (Jaskiewicz (1997) Acta Biochim Pol 44:173-9). ER localized glycosyltransferases can have either a type II topology, like the Golgi glycosyltransferases, or a type I topolgy, e.g., the N- terminus and catalytic domain inside the ER (Kapitonov et al. (1999) Glycobiology 9:961- 78). Some glycosyltransferases are present on the cell surface and are thought to function as cell adhesion molecules by binding oligosaccharide substrates on adjacent cell surfaces or in the extracellular matrix. The best studied of these is beta 1,4-galactosyltransferase, which mediates sperm binding to the egg coat and selected cell interactions with the basal lamina (Shur (1993) Curr Opin Cell Biol 5:854-63). Mucin type O-glycosidically linked oligosaccharides have been described on a wide variety of protein molecules (Sadler, 1984). These structures constitute essential components in an equally wide variety of biological functions (e.g., Paulson, 1989; Jentoft, 1990 and references therein). The initial reaction in the biosynthesis of O-linked oligosaccharides is the transfer of N-acetylgalactosamine from the nucleotide sugar, UDP- N-acetylgalactosmine, to a serine or threonine residue on the acceptor polypeptide. This reaction, which can occur post-translationally, is catalyzed by a GalNAc-transferase enzyme (GalNAcT) called, UDP-GalNAc:polypeptide, N-acetylgalactosaminyltransferase. This is an intracellular membrane bound enzyme believed to be localized in the secretory pathway. The N-acetylgalactosaminyltransferases (or GalNAc-T's) all transfer UDP-GalNAc to -OH's of serine or threonine residues during O-linked glycosylation. At least 9 different GalNAc-T's have been identified - GalNAc-Tl - GalNAc-T9. The different isoforms show different tissue distribution and enzymatic properties (kinetics, substrate specificity). Glycosylated proteins are key players in cellular metabolism and recognition. The glycosylation patterns of glycoproteins have been noted to change during transformation of NTH3T3 cells, and alterations of cell surface carbohydrate antigens have also been observed in human tumors. Glick, M.C., et al, 1985, Glycosylation changes in membrane glycoproteins after transfection of NIH3T3 with human tumor DNA, Prog. Clin. Biol. Res. 175: 229-237. These data suggest that alterations in glycosylation pathways may contribute to cellular transformation. Another transferase, gamma-glutamyl transpeptidase (GGT), is known to be present in liver, kidney, and pancreas. GGT is responsible for the transport of various amino acids in the form of their gamma-glutamyl derivatives and for the breakdown of glutathione (gamma-glutamyl-cysteinyl-glycine). It transfers C-terminal glutamic acid from a peptide to other peptides of L-amino acids, and thus plays a role in amino acid metabolism and in the glutathione cycle [Meth. Enzymol. 77, 237 (1981)]. In addition, it is induced by alcohol intake and is an indicator of liver disease, particularly alcoholic liver disease. Yet another type of transferase is formyl transferase. One specific type, glycinamide ribonucleotide formyl transferase (GARFT), is a folate-dependent enzyme in the de novo purine biosynthesis pathway. This pathway is critical to cell division and proliferation. It is through the de novo purine biosynthesis pathway that tumor cells synthesize purines, essential components of DNA. Blocking the action of GARFT and shutting down this pathway would inhibit purine synthesis and subsequent tumor DNA molecule construction, and thus would have an antiproliferative effect, in particular, an antitumor effect. With the exception of liver cells, all normal human tissues can obtain purines via an alternative pathway (purine salvage pathway). Compounds that inhibit GARFT consequently inhibit the growth and proliferation of the cells of higher organisms or microorganisms such as bacteria, yeast and fungi. However, It has been suggested that inhibitors of GARFT will show selectivity for tumor cells and less sigmficant bone marrow toxicity than other chemotherapeutic agents. Another type of transferase, acyl transferase, is a protein or polypeptide which is capable of catalyzing an acylation reaction. Acyltransferases can have a specificity for (i.e., a specificity to attach an acyl chain) various lipid precursors. Acyltransferases can be divided into several subfamilies based upon their target specificity, e.g.: lysophosphatidic acid acyl transferase (l-acyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphate acyl transferase LPAAT); sn- glycerol-3 -phosphate acyl transferase (GPAT); acyl-CoA:dihydroxyacetone-phosphate acyl transferase (DHAPAT); and 2-acylglycerophosphatidylethanolamine acyl transferase (LPEAT). Typically, acyl transferases play a role in diverse cellular processes. For example, the biosynthesis of complex lipids involves specific acylation reactions catalyzed by acyl transferases. These reactions are important for the formation of both storage lipids, triacylglycerols, as well as structural lipids such as phospholipids and galactolipids. acyl transferases also participate in signaling by regulating the levels of lipids that function as signaling molecules in diverse cellular processes. For example, LPAAT converts LPA to PA, both of which have the capacity to mediate signaling between and within cells. Protein arginine methyltransferases transfer a methyl group from S- adenosylmethionine to the guanidino group nitrogen atoms in arginine residues of specific proteins. The enzyme modifies a number of generally nuclear or nucleolar protein substrates in vitro, including histones and proteins involved in RNA metabolism such as hnRNPAl, fibrillarin, and nucleolin. Roles for protein methylation in transcription regulation and in cancer cell proliferation are mentioned below. A mouse arginine methyltransferase (CARMl) has been identified and shown to enhance the transcriptional activation by nuclear hormone receptors, suggesting that methylation of proteins in the transcription machinery may affect transcription regulation of nuclear receptor-mediated gene expression. Chen, D., et al, 1999, Regulation of transcription by a protein methyltransferase. Science, 284:2174-2177. A relationship between protein-arginine methylation and cellular proliferation in cancer cell lines has been previously observed. Gu, H., et al, 1999, Identification of highly methylated arginine residues in an endogenous 20-kDa polypeptide in cancer cells. Life Sci; 65(8):737-45. Cytosolic extracts prepared from several cancer cells (HeLa, HCT-48, A549, and HepG2) incubated with S-adenosyl-L-[methyl-3H]methionine revealed a [methyl-3H]-labeled 20-kDa polypeptide, while similar extracts prepared from normal colon cells did not show any methylation of the 20-kDa protein. Given the important biological roles and properties of transferases, there exists a need for the identification and characterization of novel transferase genes and proteins as well as for the discovery of binding agents (e.g., ligands) and modulators of these nucleic acids and polypeptides for use in regulating a variety of normal and/or pathological cellular processes. Summary of the Invention The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery of novel human transferase family members, referred to herein as "26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764". The nucleotide sequences of a cDNA encoding 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 are shown in SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ ID NO: 13, and SEQ ID NO:16 and the amino acid sequence of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides are shown in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:l 1, SEQ ID NO:14, and SEQ ID NO:17. In addition, the nucleotide sequences of the coding regions are depicted in SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO:15, and SEQ ID NO:18. Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention features nucleic acid molecule which encodes 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 proteins or polypeptides, e.g., biologically active portions of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 proteins. In a preferred embodiment, the isolated nucleic acid molecules encode polypeptides having the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:l 1, SEQ ID NO:14, and SEQ ID NO:17. In other embodiments, the invention provides isolated 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:13, and SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 15, and SEQ ID NO: 18, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number . In still other embodiments, the invention provides nucleic acid molecules that are substantially identical (e.g., naturally occurring allelic variants) to the nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:13, SEQ ID NO:15, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:18, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number . In other embodiments, the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:13, SEQ ID NO:15, SEQ ID NO: 16, and SEQ ID NO: 18, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number , wherein the nucleic acids encode full length 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 proteins or an active fragments thereof. In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs which include 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 nucleic acid molecules described herein. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid molecules of the invention are operatively linked to native or heterologous regulatory sequences. Also included, are vectors and host cells containing the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 nucleic acid molecules of the invention e.g., vectors and host cells suitable for producing 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 nucleic acid molecules and polypeptides. In another related aspect, the invention provides nucleic acid fragments suitable as primers or hybridization probes for the detection of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764-encoding nucleic acids. In still another related aspect, isolated nucleic acid molecules that are antisense to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 encoding nucleic acid molecules are provided. In another aspect, the invention features, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides, and biologically active or antigenic fragments thereof that are useful, e.g., as reagents or targets in assays applicable to treatment and diagnosis of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764-mediated or -related disorders. In another embodiment, the invention provides 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides having 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 activities. Preferred polypeptides are 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 proteins including at least one transferase family member domain, and, preferably, having 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 activities, e.g., a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity as described herein. In other embodiments, the invention provides 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides, e.g., 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:ll, SEQ ID NO:14, and SEQ ID NO:17; the amino acid sequences encoded by the cDNA inserts of the plasmids deposited with ATCC Accession Numbers ; an amino acid sequence that is substantially identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:l l, SEQ ID NO:14, or SEQ ID NO:17; or an amino acid sequence encoded by a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence which hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:13, SEQ ID NO:15, SEQ ID NO:16, or SEQ ID NO:18, or the sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC Accession Number , wherein the nucleic acid encodes a full length 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or an active fragment thereof. In a related aspect, the invention further provides nucleic acid constructs which include 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 nucleic acid molecules described herein. In a related aspect, the invention provides 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides or fragments operatively linked to non-26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides to form fusion proteins. In another aspect, the invention features antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof, that react with, or more preferably specifically bind 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides. In another aspect, the invention provides methods of screening for compounds that modulate the expression or activity of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides or nucleic acids. In still another aspect, the invention provides a process for modulating 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides or nucleic acid expression or activity, e.g. using the screened compounds. In certain embodiments, the methods involve treatment of conditions related to aberrant activity or expression of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides or nucleic acids, such as conditions involving aberrant or deficient cellular proliferation or differentiation. The invention also provides assays for determining the activity of or the presence or absence of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules in a biological sample, including for disease diagnosis. In further aspect the invention provides assays for determining the presence or absence of a genetic alteration in a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules, including for disease diagnosis. Brief Description of the Drawings Figures 1A-B depict a cDNA sequence (SEQ ID NO:l) and predicted amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:2) of human 26199. The methionine-initiated open reading frame of human 26199 (without the 5' and 3' untranslated regions) extends from nucleotide position 1 to position 687 of SEQ ID NO:3, not including the terminal codon. Figure 2 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 26199. Relatively hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relatively hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. The location of the transmembrane domains, and the extracellular and intracellular portions is also indicated. The cysteine residues (cys) are indicated by short vertical lines just below the hydropathy trace. The numbers corresponding to the amino acid sequence of human 26199 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, e.g., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 40 to 50, from about 80 to 100, and from about 135 to 145 of SEQ ID NO:2; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, e.g., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 50 to 70, from about 170 to 190, and from about 200 to 210 of SEQ ID NO:2; a sequence which includes a Cys, or a glycosylation site. Figure 3 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 26199 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "chromosome genomic DNA 5 FIS clone:MLNl T6D22.22 UME3-HDA1 tumor-related ZHB0014.1" (PD113097) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 2 to 115 of the 119 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO: 19), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "chromosome genomic DNA 5 FIS clone:MLNl T6D22.22 UME3-HDA1 tumor-related ZHB0014.1" domain of human 26199, amino acid residues 7 to 120 of SEQ ID NO:2. Figure 4 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 26199 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "PI genomic clone:MLNl chromosome 5" (PD289255) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 3 to 104 of the 111 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:20), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "PI genomic clone:MLNl chromosome 5" domain of human 26199, amino acid residues 123 to 226 of SEQ ID NO:2. Figure 5 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 26199 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "MRPL37-RIF1" (PD113089) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 191 to 401 of the 419 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:21), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "MRPL37-RIF1" domain of human 26199, amino acid residues 15 to 208 of SEQ ID NO:2. Figures 6a-b depict a cDNA sequence (SEQ ID NO:4) and predicted amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:5) of human 33530. The methionine-initiated open reading frame of human 33530 (without the 5' and 3' untranslated regions) extends from nucleotide position 1 to position 1248 of SEQ ID NO:6, not including the terminal codon. Figure 7 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 33530. Relatively hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relatively hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. The location of the transmembrane domains, and the extracellular and intracellular portions is also indicated. The cysteine residues (cys) and N- glycosylation sites (N-gly) are indicated by short vertical lines just below the hydropathy trace. The numbers corresponding to the amino acid sequence of human 33530 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, e.g., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 30 to 45, from about 85 to 105, and from about 115 to 125 of SEQ ID NO:5; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, e.g., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 55 to 70, from about 155 to 160, and from about 270 to 290 of SEQ ID NO:5; a sequence which includes a Cys, or a glycosylation site. Figure 8 depicts an alignment of the glycosyl transferase group 1 domain of human 33530 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequences are the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:22), while the lower amino acid sequences correspond to amino acids 211 to 393 of SEQ ID NO:5. Figure 9 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 33530 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "a similar BA13B9.1 glycosyltransferase novel cDNA MNCB-5081 brain" (PD346441) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 1 to 49 of the 49 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:23), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "a similar BA13B9.1 glycosyltransferase novel cDNA MNCB-5081 brain" domain of human 33530, amino acid residues 367 to 415 of SEQ ID NO:5. Figure 10 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 33530 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "glycosyltransferase ALG2 similar musculus F9K20.16 other novel brain 2.4.1." (PD011566) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 4 to 84 of the 84 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:24), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "glycosyltransferase ALG2 similar musculus F9K20.16 other novel brain 2.4.1." domain of human 33530, amino acid residues 17 to 95 of SEQ ID NO:5. Figure 11 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 33530 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "transferase glycosyltransferase biosynthesis lipopolysaccharide galactosyltransferase glucosyltransferase mannosyl 2.4.1. - mannosyltransferase" (PD010528) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 15 to 158 of the 164 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:25), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "transferase glycosyltransferase biosynthesis lipopolysaccharide galactosyltransferase glucosyltransferase mannosyl 2.4.1. - mannosyltransferase" domain of human 33530, amino acid residues 280 to 413 of SEQ ID NO:5. Figure 12 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 33530 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "F9K20.16" (PD241981) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 1 to 46 of the 46 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:26), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "F9K20.16" domain of human 33530, amino acid residues 96 to 143 of SEQ ID NO:5. Figure 13 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 33530 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "glycosyltransferase 2.4.1. - ALG2 transmembrane glycoprotein" (PD258606) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 15 to 60 of the 60 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:27), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "glycosyltransferase 2.4.1. - ALG2 transmembrane glycoprotein" domain of human 33530, amino acid residues 109 to 155 of SEQ ID NO:5. Figure 14 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 33530 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "glycosyltransferase" (PD309959) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 5 to 161 of the 199 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:28), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "glycosyltransferase" domain of human 33530, amino acid residues 216 to 382 of SEQ ID NO:5. Figure 15a-b depicts a cDNA sequence (SEQ ID NO: 7) and predicted amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:8) of human 33949. The methionine-initiated open reading frame of human 33949 (without the 5' and 3' untranslated regions) extends from nucleotide position 1 to position 1824 of SEQ ID NO:9, not including the terminal codon. Figure 16 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 33949. Relatively hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relatively hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. The location of the transmembrane domains, and the extracellular and intracellular portions is also indicated. The cysteine residues (cys) and N- glycosylation sites (N-gly) are indicated by short vertical lines just below the hydropathy trace. The numbers corresponding to the amino acid sequence of human 33949 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, e.g., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 235 to 245, from about 275 to 285, and from about 360 to 375 of SEQ ID NO:8; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, e.g., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 50 to 70, from about 130 to 150, and from about 385 to 400 of SEQ ID NO:8; a sequence which includes a Cys, or a glycosylation site. Figure 17 depicts an alignment of the glycosyl transferase group 2 domain of human 33949 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequences are the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:29), while the lower amino acid sequences correspond to amino acids 154 to 341 of SEQ ID NO:8. Figures 18a-c depict an alignment of the QXW lectin repeat (Ricin_B_lectin) domain of human 33949 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequences are the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NOS:30-32), while the lower amino acid sequences correspond to amino acids 483 to 526, 527 to 567 and 568 to 606 of SEQ ID NO:8. Figure 19 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 33949 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "WUGSC:H_DJ0981O07.2 cDNA: FIS COL08230 FLJ21634" (PD354231) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 1 to 102 of the 102 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:33), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "WUGSC:H_DJ0981O07.2 cDNA: FIS COL08230 FLJ21634" domain of human 33949, amino acid residues 1 to 102 of SEQ ID NO:8. Figure 20 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 33949 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "acetylgalactosaminyltransferase N- acetylgalactosaminyltransferase polypeptide UDP-GALNAC:polypeptide protein-glyco glycosyltransferase" (PD003677) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 2 to 130 of the 130 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:34), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "acetylgalactosaminyltransferase N- acetylgalactosaminyltransferase polypeptide UDP-GALNAC:polypeptide protein-glyco glycosyltransferase" domain of human 33949, amino acid residues 103 to 229 of SEQ ID NO:8. Figure 21 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 33949 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "acetylgalactosaminyltransferase N- acetylgalactosaminyltransferase polypeptide UDP-GALNAC:polypeptide protein-FIS GALNAC-T1" (PD003162) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 1 to 62 of the 62 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:35), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "acetylgalactosaminyltransferase N-acetylgalactosaminyltransferase polypeptide UDP- GALNAC:polypeptide protein-FIS GALNAC-Tl" domain of human 33949, amino acid residues 347 to 406 of SEQ ID NO:8. Figures 22a-b depict a BLAST alignment of human 33949 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "FIS cDNA: WUGSC:H_DJ0981O07.2 HRC08167 COL08230 FLJ21634 FLJ22403" (PD334332) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 1 to 41 and 2 to 37 of the 41 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NOs:36-37), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "FIS cDNA: WUGSC:H_DJ0981O07.2 HRC08167 COL08230 FLJ21634 FLJ22403" domain of human 33949, amino acid residues 568 to 608 and 484 to 521 of SEQ ID NO: 8. Figure 22a depicts the first local alignment and Figure 22b the second. Figure 23 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 33949 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "N-acetylgalactosaminyltransferase polypeptide UDP-GALNAC :polypeptide protein-glyco glycosyltransferase" (PD301297) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 1 to 80 of the 80 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:38), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "N-acetylgalactosaminyltransferase polypeptide UDP-GALNAC :polypeptide protein-glyco glycosyltransferase" domain of human 33949, amino acid residues 273 to 346 of SEQ ID NO:8. Figures 24A-B depict a cDNA sequence (SEQ ID NO: 10) and predicted amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:l 1) of human 47148. The methionine-initiated open reading frame of human 47148 (without the 5' and 3' untranslated regions) extends from nucleotide position 1 to position 1986 of SEQ ID NO:12, not including the terminal codon. Figure 25 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 47148. Relatively hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relatively hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. The location of the transmembrane domains, and the extracellular and intracellular portions is also indicated. The cysteine residues (cys) and N- glycosylation sites (N-gly) are indicated by short vertical lines just below the hydropathy trace. The numbers corresponding to the amino acid sequence of human 47148 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, e.g., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 110 to 130, from about 165 to 180, and from about 480 to 490 SEQ ID NO: 11 ; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, e.g., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 70 to 90, from about 210 to 225, and from about 520 to 540 of SEQ ID NO:ll; a sequence which includes a Cys, or a glycosylation site. Figure 26 depicts an alignment of the gamma-glutamyltranspeptidase domain of human 47148 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequences are the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 39), while the lower amino acid sequences correspond to amino acids 154 to 656 of SEQ ID NO:ll. Figure 27 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 47148 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "FGENESH repeat novel gamma- glutamyltranspeptidase locus CCA D20S101 similar predictions. DJ18C9.2" (PD297327) (Release 2001.1 ; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 1 to 135 of the 135 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:40), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "FGENESH repeat novel gamma- glutamyltranspeptidase locus CCA D20S101 similar predictions. DJ18C9.2" domain of human 47148, amino acid residues 1 to 135 of SEQ ID NO:l 1. Figure 28 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 47148 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "gamma-glutamyltranspeptidase transferase acyltransferase precursor zymogen glutathione biosynthesis acylase glycoprotein" (PD127336) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 2 to 294 of the 304 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:41), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "gamma- glutamyltranspeptidase transferase acyltransferase precursor zymogen glutathione biosynthesis acylase glycoprotein" domain of human 47148, amino acid residues 200 to 471 ofSEQ ID NO:ll. Figure 29 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 47148 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "FGENESH repeat novel gamma- glutamyltranspeptidase locus CCA D20S101 similar predictions. DJ18C9.2" (PD290211) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 1 to 114 of the 114 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:42), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "FGENESH repeat novel gamma- glutamyltranspeptidase locus CCA D20S101 similar predictions. DJ18C9.2" domain of human 47148, amino acid residues 549 to 662 of SEQ ID NO:ll. Figures 30a-b depict a cDNA sequence (SEQ ID NO.T3) and predicted amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 14) of human 50226. The methionine-initiated open reading frame of human 50226 (without the 5' and 3' untranslated regions) extends from nucleotide position 1 to position 1167 of SEQ ID NO: 15, not including the terminal codon. Figure 31 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 50226. Relatively hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relatively hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. The cysteine residues (cys) and N-glycosylation sites (N- gly) are indicated by short vertical lines just below the hydropathy trace. The numbers corresponding to the amino acid sequence of human 50226 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, e.g., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 122 to 130, from about 140 to 150, and from about 285 to 300 SEQ ID NO: 14; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, e.g., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 35 to 50, from about 230 to 240, and from about 350 to 370 of SEQ ID NO: 14; a sequence which includes a Cys, or a glycosylation site. Figure 32 depicts an alignment of the formyl transferase domain of human 50226 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequences are the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:43), while the lower amino acid sequences correspond to amino acids 119 to 220 of SEQ ID NO: 14. Figure 33 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 50226 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "transferase formyltransferase phosphoribosylglycinamide biosynthesis methionyl-tRNA methyltransferase purine transformylase formyltetrahydrofolate hydrolase" (PD001209) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 42 to 149 of the 156 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:44), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "transferase formyltransferase phosphoribosylglycinamide biosynthesis methionyl-tRNA methyltransferase purine transformylase formyltetrahydrofolate hydrolase" domain of human 50226, amino acid residues 117 to 221 of SEQ ID NO: 14. Figure 34 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 50226 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "formyltransferase methionyl-tRNA methyltransferase biosynthesis one-carbon metabolism 10-formyltetrahydrofolate 10- FTHFDH dehydrogenase" (PD004966) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 10 to 123 of the 129 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:45), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "formyltransferase methionyl-tRNA methyltransferase biosynthesis one-carbon metabolism 10-formyltetrahydrofolate 10-FTHFDH dehydrogenase" domain of human 50226, amino acid residues 238 to 355 of SEQ ID NO:14. Figure 35 depicts a cDNA sequence (SEQ ID NO: 16) and predicted amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 17) of human 58764. The methionine-initiated open reading frame of human 58764 (without the 5' and 3' untranslated regions) extends from nucleotide position 1 to position 975 of SEQ ID NO: 18, not including the terminal codon. Figure 36 depicts a hydropathy plot of human 58764. Relatively hydrophobic residues are shown above the dashed horizontal line, and relatively hydrophilic residues are below the dashed horizontal line. The location of the transmembrane domains, and the extracellular and intracellular portions is also indicated. The cysteine residues (cys) and N- glycosylation sites (N-gly) are indicated by short vertical lines just below the hydropathy trace. The numbers corresponding to the amino acid sequence of human 58764 are indicated. Polypeptides of the invention include fragments which include: all or part of a hydrophobic sequence, e.g., a sequence above the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 125 to 140, from about 160 to 180, and from about 225 to 235 SEQ ID NO: 17; all or part of a hydrophilic sequence, e.g., a sequence below the dashed line, e.g., the sequence from about amino acid 85 to 90, from about 155 to 125, and from about 240 to 250 of SEQ ID NO: 17; a sequence which includes a Cys, or a glycosylation site. Figure 37 depicts an alignment of the acyltransferase domain of human 58764 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model (HMM) from PFAM. The upper sequences are the consensus amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:46), while the lower amino acid sequences correspond to amino acids 115 to 300 of SEQ ID NO: 17. Figure 38 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 58764 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "CGI 1757" (PD 107349) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 7 to 222 of the 260 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:47), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "CGI 1757" domain of human 58764, amino acid residues 91 to 293 ofSEQ ID NO:17. Figure 39 depicts a BLAST alignment of human 58764 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a ProDomain "CG11757" (PD260979) (Release 2001.1; http://www.toulouse.inra.fr/prodom.html). The lower sequence is amino acid residues 28 to 50 of the 63 amino acid consensus sequence (SEQ ID NO:48), while the upper amino acid sequence corresponds to the "CGI 1757" domain of human 58764, amino acid residues 300 to 322 of SEQ ID NO:17. Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following detailed description, and from the claims. Detailed Description Human 26199 The human 26199 sequence (Figure 1A-B; SEQ ID NO:l), which is approximately 1828 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine- initiated coding sequence of about 687 nucleotides (nucleotides 56-743 of SEQ ID NO:l; SEQ ID NO:3, not including the terminal codon). The coding sequence encodes a 229 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO:2). This mature protein form is approximately 229 amino acid residues in length (from about amino acid 1 to amino acid 229 of SEQ ID NO:2). Human 26199 contains the following regions or other structural features: two predicted transmembrane domains (predicted by MEMS AT, Jones et al. (1994) Biochemistry 33:3038-3049). which extend from about amino acid residue 33-49 and 74-94 ofSEQ ID NO:2; two glycosaminoglycan attachment sites (PS00002) located at about amino acids 59-62 and 76-79 of SEQ ID NO:2; one predicted cAMP- and cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation site (PS0004) located at about amino acids 222-225 of SEQ ID NO:2; two predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located at about amino acids 67-69 and 158-160 of SEQ ID NO:2; six predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about amino 7-10, 70-73, 95-98, 135-138, 158-161 and 163-166 of SEQ ID NO:2; four predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008) located at about amino acids 36-41, 75-80, 82-87 and 117-122 of SEQ ID NO:2; and one predicted prokaryotic membrane lipoprotein lipid attachment site (PS00013) located at about amino acids 30-40 of SEQ ID NO:2. In one embodiment, a 26199 family member can include at least one and preferably two transmembrane domains. Furthermore, a 26199 family member can include at least one and preferably two glycosaminoglycan attachment sites (PS00002); at least one cAMP- and cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation site (PS00004); at least one, and preferably two protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005); at least one, two, three, four, five, and preferably six casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006); at least one, two, three, and preferably four N-rnyristolyation sites (PS00008); at least one prokaryotic membrane lipoprotein lipid attachment site (PS00013). 26199 is overexpressed in human breast and lung carcinomas. It is expected that inhibition of this arginine methyltransferase will inhibit tumor progression. For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997) Protein 28:405-420 and http//www.psc.edu general/software/packages/pfam pfam.html. A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 26199 was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, VA 20110-2209, on and assigned Accession Number . This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112. Human 33530 The human 33530 sequence (Figure 6A-B; SEQ ID NO:4), which is approximately 1408 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine- initiated coding sequence of about 1249 nucleotides (nucleotides 36-1283 of SEQ JD NO:4; SEQ ID NO: 6, not including the terminal codon). The coding sequence encodes a 416 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO:5). This mature protein form is approximately 416 amino acid residues in length (from about amino acid 1 to amino acid 416 of SEQ ID NO:5). Human 33530 contains the following regions or other structural features: one predicted glycosyl transferase group 1 domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00534) located at about amino acid residues 211-393 of SEQ ID NO:5; one predicted transmembrane domain (predicted by MEMS AT, Jones et al. (1994) Biochemistry 33:3038-3049) which extends from about amino acid residue 85-105 of SEQ JX> NO:5; two predicted N-glycosylation sites (PSOOOOl) located at about amino acids 204- 207 and 239-242 of SEQ ID NO:5; one predicted cAMP- and cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation site (PS0004) located at about amino acids 146-149 of SEQ ID NO:5; five predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located at about amino acids 46-48, 145-147, 187-189, 304-306 and 381-383 of SEQ ID NO:5; five predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about amino 145-148, 192-195, 206-209, 255-258 and 302-305 of SEQ ID NO:5; five predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008) located at about amino acids 25-30, 78-83, 85-90, 168-173 and 294-299 of SEQ ID NO:5; and one predicted amidation site (PS00009) located at about amino acids 222-225 of SEQ J-D NO.-5. In one embodiment, a 33530 family member can include at least one glycosyl transferase group 1 domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00534) and at least one transmembrane domain. Furthermore, a 33530 family member can include at least one and preferably two N-glycosylation sites (PSOOOOl); at least one cAMP- and cGMP-dependent protein kinase phosphorylation site (PS00004); at least one, two, three, four, and preferably five protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005); at least one, two, three, four, and preferably five casein kinase JJ phosphorylation sites (PS00006); at least one, two, three, four, and preferably five N-myristolyation sites (PS00008); at least one amidation site (PS00009). i For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997) Protein 28:405-420 and http//www.psc.edu/general/software/packages/ρfam/pfam.html. A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 33530 was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, VA 20110-2209, on and assigned Accession Number . This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S. C. §112. Human 33949 The human 33949 sequence (Figure 15A-B; SEQ JO NO:7), which is approximately 2327 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine- initiated coding sequence of about 1824 nucleotides (nucleotides 148-1972 of SEQ ID NO:7; SEQ ID NO:9, not including the terminal codon). The coding sequence encodes a 608 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO:8). This mature protein form is approximately 608 amino acid residues in length (from about amino acid 1 to amino acid 608 of SEQ ID NO:2). Human 33949 contains the following regions or other structural features: one predicted glycosyl transferase group 2 domain located at about amino acid residues 154-341 of SEQ ID NO:8; three predicted transmembrane domains (predicted by MEMS AT, Jones et al. (1994) Biochemistry 33:3038-3049) which extends from about amino acid residues 8-28, 150-168 and 268-284 of SEQ ID NO:8; two predicted N-glycosylation site (PSOOOOl) located at about amino acids 29-32 and 428-431 of SEQ ID NO:8; eleven predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located at about amino acids 5-7, 51-53, 124-126, 220-222, 358-360, 399-401, 416-418, 430-432, 443-445, 490-492 and 501-503 of SEQ ID NO:8; six predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS 00006) located at about amino 82-85, 173-176, 193-196, 220-223, 246-249 and 345-348 of SEQ ID NO:8; one predicted tyrosine kinase phosphorylation site (PS00007) located at about amino acids 445-452 of SEQ ID NO:8; and nine predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008) located at about amino acids 12-17, 99-104, 224-229, 232-237, 327-332, 341-346, 387-392, 555-560 and 586-591 of SEQ ID NO:8. In one embodiment, a 33949 family member can include at least one glycosyl transferase group 2 domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00535) and at least one, two and preferably three transmembrane domains. Furthermore, a 33949 family member can include at least one and preferably two N-glycosylation sites (PSOOOOl); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten and preferably eleven protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005); at least one, two, three, four, five and preferably six casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006); at least one predicted tyrosine kinase phosphorylation site (PS00007); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, and preferably nine N-myristolyation sites (PS00008). For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997) Protein 28:405-420 and http//www .psc.edu/general/sofrware/packages/pfam/pfam.html. A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 33949 was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, NA 20110-2209, on and assigned Accession Number . This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S. C. §112. The 33530 and 33949 proteins contain a significant number of structural characteristics in common with members of the glycosyltransferase family. A 33530 or 33949 polypeptide can include a "glycosyltransferase domain" or regions homologous with a "glycosyltransferase domain." As used herein, the term "glycosyltransferase" includes a protein or polypeptide which is capable of catalyzing the synthesis of glycoconjugates, including glycolipids, glycoproteins, and polysaccharides, by transferring an activated mono- or oligosaccharide residue to an existing acceptor molecule for the initiation or elongation of the carbohydrate chain. The acceptor can be a lipid, a protein, a heterocyclic compound, or another carbohydrate residue. Glycosyltransferases can be divided into numerous subfamilies based upon their specificity for sugar moieties and acceptor molecules. The glycosyltransferase domain of human 33530 bears similarity to a subfamily designated "group 1" glycosyltransferases. Members of this family transfer activated sugars to a variety of substrates, including glycogen, fructose-6-phosphate and lipopolysaccharides. Members of this family transfer UDP, ADP, GDP or CMP linked sugars. The glycosyltransferase domain of human 33949 bears similarity to a subfamily designated "group 2" glycosyltransferases. These enzymes comprise a diverse subfamily, whose members transfer sugar from UDP-glucose, UDP-N-acetyl-galactosamine, GDP-mannose or CDP-abequose, to a range of substrates including cellulose, dolichol phosphate and teichoic acids. Based on the sequence similarities, the 33530 or 33949 molecules of the present invention are predicted to have similar biological activities as glycosyltransferase family members. Glycosyltransferases play roles in diverse cellular processes. For example, the major target of the natural IgM and IgG antibodies during hyperacute xenograft rejection is the terminal carbohydrate epitope Gal alpha(l,3)Gal, formed by the alpha l,3galactosyl transferase, which places a terminal galactose residue in an alpha-linkage to another galactose (Sandrin et al. (1994) Immunol Rev 141:169-90). As another example, mutations in the Piga gene, the protein product of which mediates N-acetylglucosamine attachment to phosphatidylinositol, results in the clonal hematologic disorder, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (Ware et al. (1994) Blood 83:2418-22). Additionally, UDP- galactosexeramide galactosyltransferase is the enzyme responsible for the biosynthesis of galactosylceramide, a molecule thought to play a critical role in myelin formation, signal transduction, viral and microbial adhesion, and oligodendrocyte development (Kapitonov et al. (1999) Glycobiology 9:961-78). Glycosylation of glycoproteins and glycolipids is one of many molecular changes that accompany malignant transformation. GlcNAc-branched N-glycans and terminal Lewis antigen sequences have been observed to increase in some cancers, and to conelate with poor prognosis (Dennis et al. (1999) Biochim Biophys Ada 1473:21-34). Cellular membrane over-expression and shedding of acidic glycosphingolipids into the interstitial spaces and blood of cancer patients may play a central role in increased tumour cell growth, lack of immune cell recognition and neovascularization and could represent a molecular target for cancer therapy (Fish (1996) Med Hypotheses 46:140-44). Thus, the 33530 or 33949 molecules of the present invention may be involved in: 1) the transfer of an activated sugar residue to an acceptor molecule; 2) the processing, folding, and secretion of proteins; 3) the modulation of tumor cell growth and invasion; 4) myelin formation; 5) signal transduction; 6) viral and microbial adhesion; 7) oligodendrocyte development; 8) sperm- egg binding; 9) evasion of immune detection; 10) xenograft rejection; and 11) the ability to antagonize or inhibit, competitively or non-competitively, any of 1-11. Thus, the 33530 and 33949 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling glycosyltransferase-related disorders, for example, such as those diseases associated with the activities described above. As the 33530 and 33949 molecules have homology to known glycosyltransferases, they are expected to be involved in controlling similar disorders. 33530 has been shown to be overexpressed in some human breast, lung and colon carcinomas, and underexpressed in some ovary and brain carcinomas. As such, inhibition of this gycosyltransferase may inhibit tumor progression in breast, lung and colon. Further, activation of this gycosyltransferase may inhibit tumor progression in ovary and brain. The 33949 molecules also have similarities to bovine and murine N- acetygalactosaminyltransferase. Thus, without being bound by theory, the 33949 transferase, may be a human analogue of the bovine or murine N- acetygalactosaminyltransferase. Further, 33949 is overexpressed in a subset of breast, ovary, lung and colon tumors. As such, inhibition of this N-acetylgalactosaminyltransferase may inhibit tumor progression. 33949 is clearly a member of the GalNAc-transferase family of glycosyl transferase type 2 enzymes. The overall sequence identity is quite high, and all of the residues known to be required for catalytic activity are present in 33949. h the lectin domain of the protein, which has been shown to be involved in glycopeptide substrate specifity, 33949 has a V where the majority of known active enzymes have a D (in the CLD motif). In one study with GalNAc-Tl, this D was changed to an H and the enzyme was still active (albeit with 42% of maximum activity). Phylogenetic analysis of 33949 indicates that both the catalytic and lectin domains may be most similar to the GalNAc-T6 and -T7 enzymes. It is expected that 33949 will encode an active enzyme. Identification of the 'natural' protein substrate may not necessary for assay configuration since many GalNAc- transferases have been shown to work on various peptide substrates derived from mucin and other proteins. As used herein, the term "glycosyltransferase domain" includes an amino acid sequence of about 100-250 amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the glycosyltransferase domain (HMM) of at least 30. Preferably, a glycosyltransferase domain includes at least about 120-220 amino acids, more preferably about 120-200 amino acid residues, or about 130-180 amino acids and has a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the glycosyltransferase domain (HMM) of at least 50 or greater. Glycosyltransferase domains (HMM) have been assigned numerous PFAM Accession Numbers, including PF00534 (group 1) and PF00535 (group 2) (http://pfam.wustl.edu/). An alignment of the glycosyltransferase domain (amino acids 211 to 393 of SEQ ID NO:5) of human 33530 with a consensus amino acid sequence (group 1 glycosyltransferases) derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in Figure 8. An alignment of the glycosyltransferase domain (amino acids 154 to 341 of SEQ DO NO: 8) of human 33949 with a consensus amino acid sequence (group 2 glycosyltransferases) derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in Figure 17. hi a prefened embodiment a 33530 or 33949 polypeptide or protein has a "glycosyltransferase domain" or a region which includes at least about 120-220 more preferably about 120-200 or 130-180 amino acid residues and has at least about 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%o, or 100% homology with a "glycosyltransferase domain," e.g., the glycosyltransferase domain of human 33530 or 33949 (e.g., residues 211 to 393 of SEQ HO NO:5 or residues 154 to 341 of SEQ ID NO:8). To identify the presence of a "glycosyltransferase" domain in a 33530 or 33949 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against a database ofHMMs Human 47148 The human 47148 sequence (Figure 24A-B; SEQ ID NO: 10), which is approximately 2172 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 1986 nucleotides (nucleotides 31-2017 of SEQ DO NO:10; SEQ ID NO:12, not including the terminal codon). The coding sequence encodes a 662 amino acid protein (SEQ ID NO: 11). This mature protein form is approximately 662 amino acid residues in length (from about amino acid 1 to amino acid 662 of SEQ ID NO:l 1). Human 47148 contains the following regions or other structural features: one predicted gamma-glutamyltranspeptidase domain (PFAM Accession Number PF01019) located at about amino acid residues 154-656 of SEQ ID NO:l 1; two predicted transmembrane domains (predicted by MEMS AT, Jones et al. (1994) Biochemistry 33:3038-3049) which extend from about amino acid residues 106-127 and 168-192 of SEQ ID NO:ll; ten predicted N-glycosylation site (PSOOOOl) located at about amino acids 198-201, 267-270, 283-286, 330-333, 353-356, 394-397, 452-455, 519-522, 523-526 and 586-589 of SEQ ID NO:ll; one predicted glycosaminoglycan attachment site (PS00002) located at about amino acids 182-185 of SEQ ID NO:ll; seven predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located at about amino acids 64-66, 88-90, 101-103, 285-287, 295-297, 411-413 and 638-640 of SEQ ID NO:ll; ten predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about amino 17-20, 56-59, 73-76, 88-91, 162-165, 347-350, 430-433, 434-437, 440-443 and 612- 615 ofSEQ ID NO:ll; one predicted tyrosine kinase phosphorylation site (PS00007) located at about amino acids 421-427 of SEQ ID NO:ll; fourteen predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008) located at about amino acids 78-83, 120-125, 140-145, 183-188, 227-232, 234-239, 328-333, 343-348, 364-369, 469- 474, 505-510, 553-558, 562-567 and 637-642 of SEQ ID NO:ll; and two predicted amidation sites (PS00009) located at about amino acids 42-45 and 535-538 of SEQ ID NO:ll. In one embodiment, a 47148 family member can include at least one gamma- glutamyltranspeptidase domain (PFAM Accession Number PF01019) and at least one and preferably two transmembrane domain. Furthermore, a 47148 family member can include at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, and preferably ten N- glycosylation sites (PSOOOOl); at least one predicted glycosaminoglycan attachment site (PS00002); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, and preferably seven protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, and preferably ten casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006); at least one predicted tyrosine kinase phosphorylation site (PS00007); at least one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen and preferably fourteen N-myristolyation sites (PS00008); at least one and preferably two amidation sites (PS00009). For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997) Protein 28:405-420 and http//www.psc.edu/general/software/packages/pfam/pfam.html. A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 47148 was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, VA 20110-2209, on and assigned Accession Number . This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112. Gamma-glutamyltraspeptidase plays an important role in the metabolism of glutathione. Located at the external surface of epithelial cells, gamma- glutamyltraspeptidase initiates extracellular glutathione breakdown, provides cells with local cysteine supply and contributes to maintain intracellular glutathione level. Gamma- glutamyltraspeptidase expression, highly sensitive to oxidative stress, is a part of the cell antioxidant defense mechanisms. Chikhi, N., et al. (1999) Comp Biochem Physiol B Biochem Mol Biol 122(4):367-80. Glutathione plays an essential role in protecting the pulmonary system for toxic insults (Potdar, P.D., et al. (1997) Am J Physiol 273(5 Pt l):L1082-9). Thus, the 47148 molecules of the present invention may be involved in: 1) transport of amino acids in the form of their gamma-glutamyl derivatives; 2) metabolism of glutathione; 3) maintenance of cellular cysteine levels; 4) maintenance of intracellular glutathione levels; 5) metabolism of amino acids; and 6) the ability to antagonize or inhibit, competitively or non-competitively, any of 1-5. Thus, the 47148 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling gamma- glutamyltraspeptidase-related disorders, for example, such as those diseases (e.g. liver disease) associated with the activities described above. As the 47148 molecules have homology to known gamma-glutamyltraspeptidase, they are expected to be involved in controlling similar disorders. Gamma-glutamyltraspeptidase is conserved among species (Chikhi, supra) and, thus without being bound by theory, the 47148 gamma-glutamyltraspeptidase may be a human analogue of rat, mouse, or pig gamma-glutamyltraspeptidase. As used herein, the term "gamma-glutamyltraspeptidase domain" includes an amino acid sequence of about 100-500 amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the gamma-glutamyltraspeptidase domain (HMM) of at least 30. Preferably, a gamma-glutamyltraspeptidase domain includes at least about 200-500 amino acids, more preferably about 300-500 amino acid residues, or about 400-500 amino acids and has a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the gamma- glutamyltraspeptidase domain (HMM) of at least 50 or greater. The gamma- glutamyltraspeptidase domain (HMM) has been assigned PFAM Accession Numbers, including PF01019 (http://pfam.wustl.edu/). An alignment of the gamma- glutamyltranspeptidase domain (amino acids 154 to 656 of SEQ DO NO:ll) of human 47148 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in Figure 26. In a prefened embodiment a 47148 polypeptide or protein has a gamma- glutamyltraspeptidase domain" or a region which includes at least about 200-500 more preferably about 300-500 or 400-500 amino acid residues and has at least about 70% 80% 90%) 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a "gamma-glutamyltraspeptidase domain," e.g., the gamma-glutamyltraspeptidase domain of human 47148 (e.g., residues 154 to 656 of SEQ ID NO: 11). To identify the presence of a "gamma-glutamyltraspeptidase" domain in a 47148 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against a database ofHMMs Human 50226 The human 50226 sequence (Figure 30A-B; SEQ ID NO: 13), which is approximately 1252 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 1167 nucleotides (nucleotides 18-1185 of SEQ DO NO: 13; SEQ DO NO: 15, not including the terminal codon). The coding sequence encodes a 389 amino acid protein (SEQ DO NO: 14). This mature protein form is approximately 389 amino acid residues in length (from about amino acid 1 to amino acid 389 of SEQ JJO NO: 14). Human 50226 contains the following regions or other structural features: one predicted formyl transferase domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00551) located at about amino acid residues 119-220 of SEQ ID NO: 14; one predicted N-glycosylation site (PSOOOOl) located at about amino acids 292-295 ofSEQ JJ NO:14; five predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005) located at about amino acids 90-92, 200-202, 282-284, 369-371 and 374-376 of SEQ ID NO: 14; two predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about amino 200-203 and 341-344 of SEQ ID NO:14; two predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008) located at about amino acids 16-21 and 121-126 of SEQ ID NO: 14; and one predicted leucine zipper pattern (PS00029) located at about amino acids 129- 150 of SEQ ID NO:14. In one embodiment, a 50226 family member can include at least one formyl transferase domain (PFAM Accession Number PF00551). Furthermore, a 50226 family member can include at least one N-glycosylation site (PSOOOOl); at least one, two, three, four, and preferably five protein kinase C phosphorylation sites (PS00005); at least one, and preferably two casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006); at least one, and preferably two N-myristolyation sites (PS00008); at least one leucine zipper pattern (PS00029). For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997) Protein 28:405-420 and http//www.psc.edu/general/sofTware/packages/pfam pfam.html. A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 50226 was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, VA 20110-2209, on and assigned Accession Number . This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112. The 50226 protein has similarities to formyl transferase, specifically, phosphoribosylglycinamide transferase, which plays a role in the de novo purine biosynthetic pathway. Thus, the 50226 molecules of the present invention may be involved in: 1) synthesis of purines; 2) modulation of cell division and proliferation; 3) the modulation of cell death; and 4) the ability to antagonize or inhibit, competitively or non- competitively, any of 1-3. Thus, the 50226 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling phosphoribosylglycinamide transferase-related disorders, for example, such as those diseases (e.g. cancer) associated with the activities described above. As the 50226 molecules have homology to known phosphoribosylglycinamide transferase, they are expected to be involved in controlling similar disorders. Phosphoribosylglycinamide transferase is conserved among species and, thus without being bound by theory, the 50226 phosphoribosylglycinamide transferase may be a human analogue of chicken or mouse phosphoribosylglycinamide transferase. 50226 has been shown to be overexpressed in some human breast, lung and colon carcinomas, and underexpressed in some ovary carcinomas. As such, inhibition of this gycosyltransferase may inhibit tumor progression in breast, lung and colon. Further, activation of this gycosyltransferase may inhibit tumor progression in ovary. As used herein, the term "formyl transferase domain" includes an amino acid sequence of about 20-150 amino acid residues in length and having a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the formyl transferase domain (HMM) of at least 30. Preferably, a formyl transferase domain includes at least about 40-130 amino acids, more preferably about 60-110 amino acid residues, or about 70-100 amino acids and has a bit score for the alignment of the sequence to the glycosyltransferase domain (HMM) of at least 50 or greater. The formyl transferase domain (HMM) has been assigned PFAM Accession Number PF00551 (http://pfam.wustl.eduΛ. An alignment of the formyl transferase domain (amino acids 119-220 of SEQ DO NO: 14) of human 50226 with a consensus amino acid sequence derived from a hidden Markov model is depicted in Figure 32. In a prefened embodiment a 50226 polypeptide or protein has a formyl transferase domain" or a region which includes at least about 20-150 more preferably about 50-125 or 70-100 amino acid residues and has at least about 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%, or 100% homology with a "formyl transferase domain," e.g., the formyl transferase domain of human 50226 (e.g., residues 119 to 220 of SEQ DO NO:14). To identify the presence of a "formyl transferase" domain in a 50226 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against a database ofHMMs Human 58764 The human 58764 sequence (Figure 35A-B; SEQ ID NO:16), which is approximately 1797 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contains a predicted methionine-initiated coding sequence of about 972 nucleotides (nucleotides 215-1187 of SEQ DO NO: 16; SEQ ID NO: 18, not including the terminal codon). The coding sequence encodes a 324 amino acid protein (SEQ DO NO: 17). This mature protein form is approximately 324 amino acid residues in length (from about amino acid 1 to amino acid 324 of SEQ DO NO: 17). Human 58764 contains the following regions or other structural features: one predicted acyltransferase domain (PFAM Accession Number PF01553) located at about amino acid residues 115-300 of SEQ DO NO:17; two or three predicted transmembrane domains (predicted by MEMS AT, Jones et al (1994) Biochemistry 33:3038-3049) which extend from about amino acid residues 51- 74, 124-141 and 159-176 of SEQ DO NO:17; one predicted N-glycosylation site (PSOOOOl) located at about amino acids 5-8 of SEQ ID NO: 17; one predicted protein kinase C phosphorylation site (PS00005) located at about amino acids 151-153 of SEQ DO NO:17; two predicted casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006) located at about amino 98-101 and 289-292 of SEQ DO NO:17; one predicted tyrosine kinase phosphorylation site (PS00007) located at about amino acids 23-261 of SEQ DO NO: 17; three predicted N-myristoylation sites (PS00008) located at about amino acids 91- 96, 199-204 and 313-318 of SEQ DO NO: 17; and five predicted dileucine motifs in the tail located at about amino acids 53-54, 63-64, 168-169, 169-170 and 192-193 of SEQ DO NO:17. In one embodiment, a 58764 family member can include at least one acyltransferase domain (PFAM Accession Number PF01553); and at least one, and preferably two or three transmembrane domains. Furthermore, a 58764 family member can include at least one N- glycosylation site (PSOOOOl); at least one protein kinase C phosphorylation site (PS00005); at least one, and preferably two casein kinase II phosphorylation sites (PS00006); at least one predicted tyrosine kinase phosphorylation site (PS00007); at least one, two and preferably three N-myristolyation sites (PS00008); at least one, two, three, four and preferably five predicted dileucine motifs in the tail. For general information regarding PFAM identifiers, PS prefix and PF prefix domain identification numbers, refer to Sonnhammer et al. (1997) Protein 28:405-420 and http//www .psc.edu/general software/packages/pfam/pfam.html. A plasmid containing the nucleotide sequence encoding human 58764 was deposited with American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, NA 20110-2209, on and assigned Accession Number . This deposit will be maintained under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purposes of Patent Procedure. This deposit was made merely as a convenience for those of skill in the art and is not an admission that a deposit is required under 35 U.S.C. §112. As refened to herein, acyltransferases preferably include a catalytic domain of about 100-250 amino acid residues in length, preferably about 130-200 amino acid residues in length, or more preferably about 160-200 amino acid residues in length. An acyltransferase domain typically includes at least one of four blocks of homology commonly found in members of the acyltransferase family. The four blocks are each characterized by the following motifs: (1) [NX]-H-[RQ]-S-X-[LYIM]-D, SEQ DO NO:49 ; (2) G-X-[ff]-F-I-[RD]-R, SEQ DD NO:50; (3) F-[PLI]-E-G-[TG]-R-[SX]-[RX], SEQ ID NO:51; and (4) [NI]-[PX]-[INL]-[IN]-P-[NI], SEQ DO ΝO:52. Specificity of an acyltransferase for acylation of a particular lipid target can be predicted by the presence of sequences within the four blocks, whereby particular amino acid residues are associated with particular classes of acyltransferases (as described in Lewin et al., (1999) Biochemistry 38:5764-71, for example, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference). For example, 58764 contains some residues in these blocks of homology that are typically found in LPAATs and not typically found in GPATs. Based on these sequence similarities, the 58764 molecules of the present invention are predicted to have similar biological activities as acyltransferase family members. Thus, the molecules of the present invention may be involved in one or more of: 1) the transfer of an acyl chain to a lipid precursor; 2) the regulation of lipid biosynthesis; 3) the regulation of wound healing; 4) the regulation of platelet aggregation; 5) the modulation of mitogenesis; 6) the modulation of cellular differentiation; 7) the modulation of actin cytoskleleton remodeling; 8) the regulation of monocyte chemotaxis; 9) the modulation of neurite retraction; 10) the modulation of vasoconstriction; 11) the modulation of glutamate and glucose uptake by astrocytes; 12) the modulation of tumor cell growth and invasion; or 13) the formation of synaptic-like micro vesicles. Thus, the 58764 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling acyltransferase-related disorders, for example, such as those diseases associated with the activities described above. As the 58764 molecules have homology to known acyltransferases, they are expected to be involved in controlling similar disorders. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 proteins contains a significant number of structural characteristics in common with members of the transferase family. The present invention is based, at least in part, on the discovery of novel transferase family members, refened to herein as "transferase" nucleic acid and protein molecules. The term "family" when referring to the protein and nucleic acid molecules of the invention means two or more proteins or nucleic acid molecules having a common structural domain or motif and having sufficient amino acid or nucleotide sequence homology as defined herein. Such family members can be naturally or non-naturally occurring and can be from either the same or different species. For example, a family can contain a first protein of human origin as well as other distinct proteins of human origin, or alternatively, can contain homologues of non-human origin, e.g., rat or mouse proteins. Members of a family can also have common functional characteristics. A 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide can include a "transferase domain" or regions homologous with an "transferase domain". To identify the presence of a "transferase" domain in a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against a database of HMMs (e.g., the Pfam database, release 2.1) using the default parameters (http://wvvw.sanger.ac.uk/Sofrware/Pfam JTMM_search). For example, the hmmsf program, which is available as part of the HMMER package of search programs, is a family specific default program for MILPAT0063 and a score of 15 is the default threshold score for determining a hit. Alternatively, the threshold score for determining a hit can be lowered (e.g., to 8 bits). A description of the Pfam database can be found in Sonhammer et al., (1997) Proteins 28(3):405-420 and a detailed description of HMMs can be found, for example, in Gribskov et al., (1990) Meth. Enzymol 183:146-159; Gribskov et al, (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:4355-4358; Krogh et al, (1994) J. Mol. Biol. 235:1501-1531; and Stultz et al., (1993) Protein Sci. 2:305-314, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. For further identification of domains in a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against a database of domains, e.g., the ProDom database (Corpet et al. (1999), Nucl. Acids Res. 27:263-267). The ProDom protein domain database consists of an automatic compilation of homologous domains. Current versions of ProDom are built using recursive PSI-BLAST searches (Altschul SF et al. (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25 :3389-3402; Gouzy et al. (1999) 23:333-340) of the SWISS-PROT 38 and TREMBL protein databases. The database automatically generates a consensus sequence for each domain. A BLAST search was performed against the HMM database resulting in the identification of a "transferase" domain(s) in the amino acid sequence of human 26199 at about residues 7 to'120, 123 to 226, and 15 to 208 of SEQ ID NO:2 (see Figures 3-5) having 44%, 27% and 29% identity over those residues respectively; of human 33530 at about residues 367 to 415, 17 to 95, 280 to 413, 96 to 143, 109 to 155, and 216 to 382 of SEQ ID NO:5 (see Figures 9-14) having 91%, 49%, 35%, 56%, 40% and 30% identity over those residues respectively; of human 33949 at about residues 1 to 102, 103 to 229, 347 to 406, 568 to 608 and 484 to 521 An additional method to identify the presence of a "transferase" domain in a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein sequence, and make the determination that a polypeptide or protein of interest has a particular profile, the amino acid sequence of the protein can be searched against a SMART database (Simple Modular Architecture Research Tool, http://smart.embl-heidelberg.de/) of HMMs as described in Schultz et al. (1998), Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:5857 and Schultz et al (2000) Nucl. Acids Res 28:231. The database contains domains identified by profiling with the hidden Markov models of the HMMer2 search program (R. Durbin et al. (1998) Biological sequence analysis: probabilistic models of proteins and nucleic acids. Cambridge University Press.; http://hmmer.wustl.edu/). The database also is extensively annotated and monitored by experts to enhance accuracy. For example, a search was performed against the HMM database resulting in the identification of a "ricin_3" domain in the amino acid sequence of human 33949 at about residues 476 to 607 of SEQ ID NO:2 (see Figure 1). h one embodiment, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, and 58764 proteins include at least one transmembrane domain. As used herein, the term "transmembrane domain" includes an amino acid sequence of about 14 amino acid residues in length that spans a phosphohpid membrane. More preferably, a transmembrane domain includes about at least 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23 or 24 amino acid residues and spans a phosphohpid membrane. Transmembrane domains are rich in hydrophobic residues, and typically have an -helical structure. In a prefened embodiment, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95% or more of the amino acids of a transmembrane domain are hydrophobic, e.g., leucines, isoleucines, tyrosines, or tryptophans. Transmembrane domains are described in, for example, http://pfam.wustl.edu/cgi-bin/getdesc?name=7tm-l, and Zagotta W.N. et al., (1996) Annual Rev. Neuronsci. 19: 235-63, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In a prefened embodiment, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, and 58764 polypeptides or proteins have at least one transmembrane domain or a region which includes at least 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23 or 24 amino acid residues and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99%), or 100% homology with a "transmembrane domain," e.g., at least one transmembrane domain of human 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, or 58764 (e.g., amino acid residues 33-49 and 74-94 of SEQ DO NO:2; amino acids 85-105 of SEQ ID NO:5; amino acids 8-28, 150-168, and 268-284 of SEQ DO NO:8; amino acids 106-127 and 168-192 of SEQ no NO:l l; and amino acids 51-74, 124-141, and 159-176 of SEQ ID NO:17). In another embodiment, a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, or 58764 protein includes at least one "non-transmembrane domain." As used herein, "non-transmembrane domains" are domains that reside outside of the membrane. When referring to plasma membranes, non-transmembrane domains include extracellular domains (i.e., outside of the cell) and intracellular domains (i.e., within the cell). When referring to membrane-bound proteins found in intracellular organelles (e.g., mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum, peroxisomes and microsomes), non-transmembrane domains include those domains of the protein that reside in the cytosol (i.e., the cytoplasm), the lumen of the organelle, or the matrix or the intermembrane space (the latter two relate specifically to mitochondria organelles). The C- terminal amino acid residue of a non-transmembrane domain is adjacent to an N-terminal amino acid residue of a transmembrane domain in a naturally-occurring 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, or 58764, or 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, or 58764-like protein. In a prefened embodiment, a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, or 58764 polypeptide or protein has a "non-transmembrane domain" or a region which includes at least about 1-150, preferably about 5-140, more preferably about 10-130, and even more preferably about 16- 120 amino acid residues, and has at least about 60%, 70% 80% 90% 95%, 99% or 100%, homology with a "non-transmembrane domain", e.g., a non-transmembrane domain of human 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, or 58764 (e.g., residues 1-32, 50-73 or 95-229 of SEQ DO NO:2; residues 1-84 and 105-416 of SEQ DD NO:5; residues 1-8, 29-149, 169-263, and 285-608 of SEQ D0 NO:8; residues 1-105, 128-167 and 193-662 of SEQ D0 NO:ll; or residues 1-50, 75-123, 142-158, and 177-324 of SEQ ID NO:17). Preferably, a non- transmembrane domain is capable of catalytic activity. A non-transmembrane domain located at the N-terminus of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, or 58764 protein or polypeptide is refened to herein as an "N-terminal non- transmembrane domain." As used herein, an "N-terminal non-transmembrane domain" includes an amino acid sequence having about 1-150, preferably about 2-125, more preferably about 4-110, or even more preferably about 7-105 amino acid residues in length and is located outside the boundaries of a membrane. For example, an N-terminal non- transmembrane domain is located at about amino acid residues 1-32 of SEQ ID NO:2. Similarly, a non-transmembrane domain located at the C-terminus of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, or 58764 protein or polypeptide is refened to herein as a "C-terminal non-transmembrane domain." As used herein, a "C-terminal non-transmembrane domain" includes an amino acid sequence having about 1-600, preferably about 75-525, preferably about 125-475, more preferably about 134-469 amino acid residues in length and is located outside the boundaries of a membrane. For example, a C-terminal non-transmembrane domain is located at about amino acid residues 95-229 of SEQ DO NO:2. In another embodiment, a 33949, 50226, or 58764 molecule can further include a signal sequence. As used herein, a "signal sequence" refers to a peptide of about 10-80 amino acid residues in length which occurs at the N-terminus of secretory and integral membrane proteins and which contains a majority of hydrophobic amino acid residues. For example, a signal sequence contains at least about 12-70 amino acid residues, preferably about 15-65 amino acid residues, more preferably about 17-63 amino acid residues, and has at least about 40-70%, preferably about 50-65%, and more preferably about 55-60% hydrophobic amino acid residues (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, phenylalanine, tyrosine, tryptophan, or proline). Such a "signal sequence", also refened to in the art as a "signal peptide", serves to direct a protein containing such a sequence to a lipid bilayer. For example, in one embodiment, a 33949 protein contains a signal sequence of about amino acids 1-37 of SEQ ID NO:8. The "signal sequence" is cleaved during processing of the mature protein. The mature 33949 protein conesponds to amino acids 38-608 of SEQ ID NO:8. The 50226 or 58764 protein may include a signal sequence, and thus the mature 50226 or 58764 protein may conespond to amino acids 18-389 of SEQ DO NO: 14 or amino acids 64-324 of SEQ DO NO : 17 respectively. As the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptides of the invention may modulate 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-mediated activities, they may be useful for developing novel diagnostic and therapeutic agents for 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-mediated or related disorders, as described below. As used herein, a "26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity", "biological activity of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764" or "functional activity of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764", refers to an activity exerted by a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule on e.g., a 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-responsive cell or on a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrate, e.g., a lipid or protein substrate, as determined in vivo or in vitro. In one embodiment, a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity is a direct activity, such as an association with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 target molecule. A "target molecule" or "binding partner" is a molecule with which a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein binds or interacts in nature, e.g., a lipid to which the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein attaches an acyl chain. A 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity can also be an indirect activity, e.g., a cellular signaling activity mediated by interaction of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 ligand. The transferase molecules of the present invention are predicted to modulate and facilitate cell proliferation, differentiation, motility, and apoptosis. Thus, the transferase molecules of the present invention may play a role in cellular growth signaling mechanisms. As used herein, the term "cellular growth signaling mechanism" includes signal transmissions from cell receptors, e.g., growth factor receptors, which regulate one or more of the following: 1) cell transversal through the cell cycle, 2) cell differentiation, 3) cell migration and patterning, and 4) programmed cell death. Throughout development and in the adult organism, cell fate and activity is determined, in part, by extracellular and intracellular stimuli, e.g., growth factors, angiogenic factors, chemotactic factors, neurotrophic factors, cytokines, and hormones. These stimuli act on their target cells by initiating signal transduction cascades that alter the pattern of gene expression and metabolic activity so as to mediate the appropriate cellular response. The transferase molecules of the present invention are predicted to be involved in the initiation or modulation of cellular signal transduction pathways that modulate cell growth, differentiation, migration and/or apoptosis. Thus, the transferase molecules, by participating in cellular growth signaling mechanisms, may modulate cell behavior and act as therapeutic agents for controlling cellular proliferation, differentiation, migration, and apoptosis. Altered expression of factors (e.g., a transferase molecule) involved in the regulation of signaling pathways associated with cell growth, differentiation, migration, and apoptosis can lead to perturbed cellular proliferation, which in turn can lead to cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders. As used herein, a "cellular proliferative disorder" includes a disorder, disease, or condition characterized by a deregulated, e.g., upregulated or downregulated, growth response. As used herein, a "cellular differentiative disorder" includes a disorder, disease, or condition characterized by abenant cellular differentiation. Thus, the transferase molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders. Examples of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders include cancer, e.g., carcinoma, sarcoma, metastatic disorders or hematopoietic neoplastic disorders, e.g., leukemias. A metastatic tumor can arise from a multitude of primary tumor types, including but not limited to those of prostate, colon, lung, breast and liver origin. As used herein, the terms "cancer", "hyperproliferative" and "neoplastic" refer to cells having the capacity for autonomous growth, i.e., an abnormal state or condition characterized by rapidly proliferating cell growth. Hyperproliferative and neoplastic disease states may be categorized as pathologic, i.e., characterizing or constituting a disease state, or may be categorized as non-pathologic, i.e., a deviation from normal but not associated with a disease state. The term is meant to include all types of cancerous growths or oncogenic processes, metastatic tissues or malignantly transformed cells, tissues, or organs, inespective of histopathologic type or stage of invasiveness. "Pathologic hyperproliferative" cells occur in disease states characterized by malignant tumor growth. Examples of non-pathologic hyperproliferative cells include proliferation of cells associated with wound repair. The terms "cancer" or "neoplasms" include malignancies of the various organ systems, such as affecting lung, breast, thyroid, lymphoid, gastrointestinal, and genito- urinary tract, as well as adenocarcinomas which include malignancies such as most colon cancers, renal-cell carcinoma, prostate cancer and/or testicular tumors, non-small cell carcinoma of the lung, cancer of the small intestine and cancer of the esophagus. The term "carcinoma" is art recognized and refers to malignancies of epithelial or endocrine tissues including respiratory system carcinomas, gastrointestinal system carcinomas, genitourinary system carcinomas, testicular carcinomas, breast carcinomas, prostatic carcinomas, endocrine system carcinomas, and melanomas. Exemplary carcinomas include those forming from tissue of the cervix, lung, prostate, breast, head and neck, colon and ovary. The term also includes carcinosarcomas, e.g., which include malignant tumors composed of carcinomatous and sarcomatous tissues. An "adenocarcinoma" refers to a carcinoma derived from glandular tissue or in which the tumor cells form recognizable glandular structures. The term "sarcoma" is art recognized and refers to malignant tumors of mesenchymal derivation. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 nucleic acid and protein of the invention can be used to treat and/or diagnose a variety of proliferative disorders. E.g., such disorders include hematopoietic neoplastic disorders. As used herein, the term "hematopoietic neoplastic disorders" includes diseases involving hyperplastic/neoplastic cells of hematopoietic origin, e.g., arising from myeloid, lymphoid or erythroid lineages, or precursor cells thereof. Preferably, the diseases arise from poorly differentiated acute leukemias, e.g., erythroblastic leukemia and acute megakaryoblastic leukemia. Additional exemplary myeloid disorders include, but are not limited to, acute promyeloid leukemia (APML), acute myelogenous leukemia (AML) and chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) (reviewed in Naickus, L., (1991) Crit. Rev. in Oncol/Hemotol 11:261-91); lymphoid malignancies include, but are not limited to acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) which includes B-lineage ALL and T-lineage ALL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), prolymphocytic leukemia (PLL), hairy cell leukemia (HLL) and Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia (WM). Additional forms of malignant lymphomas include, but are not limited to non-Hodgkin lymphoma and variants thereof, peripheral T cell lymphomas, adult T cell leukemia/lymphoma (ATL), cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL), large granular lymphocytic leukemia (LGF), Hodgkin's disease and Reed-Sternberg disease. Disorders involving the brain include, but are not limited to, disorders involving neurons, and disorders involving glia, such as astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, ependymal cells, and microglia; cerebral edema, raised intracranial pressure and herniation, and hydrocephalus; malformations and developmental diseases, such as neural tube defects, forebrain anomalies, posterior fossa anomalies, and syringomyelia and hydromyelia; perinatal brain injury; cerebrovascular diseases, such as those related to hypoxia, ischemia, and infarction, including hypotension, hypoperfusion, and low-flow states— global cerebral ischemia and focal cerebral ischemia— infarction from obstruction of local blood supply, intracranial hemonhage, including intracerebral (intraparenchymal) hemonhage, subarachnoid hemonhage and ruptured beny aneurysms, and vascular malformations, hypertensive cerebrovascular disease, including lacunar infarcts, slit hemonhages, and hypertensive encephalopathy; infections, such as acute meningitis, including acute pyogenic (bacterial) meningitis and acute aseptic (viral) meningitis, acute focal suppurative infections, including brain abscess, subdural empyema, and extradural abscess, chronic bacterial meningo encephalitis, including tuberculosis and mycobacterioses, neurosyphilis, and neuroboneliosis (Lyme disease), viral meningoencephalitis, including arthropod-borne (Arbo) viral encephalitis, Herpes simplex virus Type 1, Herpes simplex virus Type 2, Varicella-zoster virus (Herpes zoster), cytomegalovirus, poliomyelitis, rabies, and human immunodeficiency virus 1, including HJN-1 meningoencephalitis (subacute encephalitis), vacuolar myelopathy, AhDS-associated myopathy, peripheral neuropathy, and ADOS in children, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy, subacute sclerosing panencephahtis, fungal meningoencephalitis, other infectious diseases of the nervous system; transmissible spongiform encephalopathies (prion diseases); demyelinating diseases, including multiple sclerosis, multiple sclerosis variants, acute disseminated encephalomyelitis and acute necrotizing hemonhagic encephalomyelitis, and other diseases with demyelination; degenerative diseases, such as degenerative diseases affecting the cerebral cortex, including Alzheimer disease and Pick disease, degenerative diseases of basal ganglia and brain stem, including Parkinsonism, idiopathic Parkinson disease (paralysis agitans), progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degenration, multiple system atrophy, including striatonigral degenration, Shy-Drager syndrome, and olivopontocerebellar atrophy, and Huntington disease; spinocerebellar degenerations, including spinocerebellar ataxias, including Friedreich ataxia, and ataxia-telanglectasia, degenerative diseases affecting motor neurons, including amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (motor neuron disease), bulbospinal atrophy (Kennedy syndrome), and spinal muscular atrophy; inborn enors of metabolism, such as leukodystrophies, including Krabbe disease, metachromatic leukodystrophy, adrenoleukodystrophy, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease, and Canavan disease, mitochondrial encephalomyopathies, including Leigh disease and other mitochondrial encephalomyopathies; toxic and acquired metabolic diseases, including vitamin deficiencies such as thiamine (vitamin B deficiency and vitamin B 1 deficiency, neurologic sequelae of metabolic disturbances, including hypoglycemia, hyperglycemia, and hepatic encephatopathy, toxic disorders, including carbon monoxide, methanol, ethanol, and radiation, including combined methotrexate and radiation-induced injury; tumors, such as gliomas, including astrocytoma, including fibrillary (diffuse) astrocytoma and glioblastoma multiforme, pilocytic astrocytoma, pleomorphic xanthoastrocytoma, and brain stem glioma, oligodendroglioma, and ependymoma and related paraventricular mass lesions, neuronal tumors, poorly differentiated neoplasms, including medulloblastoma, other parenchymal tumors, including primary brain lymphoma, germ cell tumors, and pineal parenchymal tumors, meningiomas, metastatic tumors, paraneoplastic syndromes, peripheral nerve sheath tumors, including schwannoma, neurofibroma, and malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor (malignant schwannoma), and neurocutaneous syndromes (phakomatoses), including neuro fibromotosis, including Type 1 neurofibromatosis (NF1) and TYPE 2 neurofibromatosis (NF2), tuberous sclerosis, and Von Hippel-Lindau disease. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 proteins, fragments thereof, and derivatives and other variants of the sequence in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ DO NO:5, SEQ DD NO:8, SEQ DO NO:l 1, SEQ ID NO:14, and SEQ DD NO:17 are collectively refened to as "polypeptides or proteins of the invention" or "26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 polypeptides or proteins". Nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides or proteins are collectively refened to as "nucleic acids of the invention" or "26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 nucleic acids." 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 molecules refer to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 nucleic acids, polypeptides, and antibodies. As used herein, the term "nucleic acid molecule" includes DNA molecules (e.g., a cDNA or genomic DNA) and RNA molecules (e.g., an mRNA) and analogs of the DNA or RNA generated, e.g., by the use of nucleotide analogs. The nucleic acid molecule can be single-stranded or double-stranded, but preferably is double-stranded DNA. The term "isolated or purified nucleic acid molecule" includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from other nucleic acid molecules which are present in the natural source of the nucleic acid. For example, with regards to genomic DNA, the term "isolated" includes nucleic acid molecules which are separated from the chromosome with which the genomic DNA is naturally associated. Preferably, an "isolated" nucleic acid is free of sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid (i.e., sequences located at the 5' and/or 3' ends of the nucleic acid) in the genomic DNA of the organism from which the nucleic acid is derived. For example, in various embodiments, the isolated nucleic acid molecule can contain less than about 5 kb, 4kb, 3kb, 2kb, 1 kb, 0.5 kb or 0.1 kb of 5' and/or 3 ' nucleotide sequences which naturally flank the nucleic acid molecule in genomic DNA of the cell from which the nucleic acid is derived. Moreover, an "isolated" nucleic acid molecule, such as a cDNA molecule, can be substantially free of other cellular material, or culture medium when produced by recombinant techniques, or substantially free of chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. As used herein, the term "hybridizes under stringent conditions" describes conditions for hybridization and washing. Stringent conditions are known to those skilled in the art and can be found in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. (1989), 6.3.1-6.3.6. Aqueous and nonaqueous methods are described in that reference and either can be used. A prefened, example of stringent hybridization conditions are hybridization in 6X sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45°C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 50°C. Another example of stringent hybridization conditions are hybridization in 6X sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45°C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 55°C. A further example of stringent hybridization conditions are hybridization in 6X sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45°C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.1%) SDS at 60°C. Preferably, stringent hybridization conditions are hybridization in 6X sodium chloride/sodium citrate (SSC) at about 45°C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65°C. Particularly prefened stringency conditions (and the conditions that should be used if the practitioner is uncertain about what conditions should be applied to determine if a molecule is within a hybridization limitation of the invention) are 0.5M Sodium Phosphate, 7% SDS at 65°C, followed by one or more washes at 0.2X SSC, 1% SDS at 65°C. Preferably, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention that hybridizes under stringent conditions to the sequence of SEQ DO NO:l, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ DD NO:6, SEQ DD NO:7, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ DD NO:12, SEQ DD NO:13, SEQ DD NO:15, SEQ DD NO:16, or SEQ DD NO:18, conesponds to a naturally-occurring nucleic acid molecule. As used herein, a "naturally-occurring" nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule having a nucleotide sequence that occurs in nature (e.g., encodes a natural protein). As used herein, the terms "gene" and "recombinant gene" refer to nucleic acid molecules which include an open reading frame encoding a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, preferably a mammalian 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, and can further include non-coding regulatory sequences, and introns. An "isolated" or "purified" polypeptide or protein is substantially free of cellular material or other contaminating proteins from the cell or tissue source from which the protein is derived, or substantially free from chemical precursors or other chemicals when chemically synthesized. In one embodiment, the language "substantially free" means preparation of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein having less than about 30%), 20%, 10% and more preferably 5% (by dry weight), of non-26199, -33530, - 33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 protein (also refened to herein as a "contaminating protein"), or of chemical precursors or non-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or - 58764 chemicals. When the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or biologically active portion thereof is recombinantly produced, it is also preferably substantially free of culture medium, i.e., culture medium represents less than about 20%, more preferably less than about 10%, and most preferably less than about 5% of the volume of the protein preparation. The invention includes isolated or purified preparations of at least 0.01, 0.1, 1.0, and 10 milligrams in dry weight. A "non-essential" amino acid residue is a residue that can be altered from the wild- type sequence of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764(e.g., the sequence of SEQ JJO NO:l, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ DD NO:4, SEQ DO NO:6, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ DD NO:9, SEQ DD NO:10, SEQ DD NO:12, SEQ DD NO:13, SEQ DD NO:15, SEQ ID NO:16, or SEQ ID NO: 18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number ) without abolishing or more preferably, without substantially altering a biological activity, whereas an "essential" amino acid residue results in such a change. For example, amino acid residues that are conserved among the polypeptides of the present invention, e.g., those present in the transferase domain, are predicted to be particularly unamenable to alteration. A "conservative amino acid substitution" is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine). Thus, a predicted nonessential amino acid residue in a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein is preferably replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family. Alternatively, in another embodiment, mutations can be introduced randomly along all or part of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 coding sequence, such as by saturation mutagenesis, and the resultant mutants can be screened for 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 biological activity to identify mutants that retain activity. Following mutagenesis of SEQ DO NO: 1 , SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ DD NO:7, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ DD NO: 10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ DD NO:13, SEQ DD NO:15, SEQ DD NO:16, or SEQ ID NO: 18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number , the encoded protein can be expressed recombinantly and the activity of the protein can be determined. As used herein, a "biologically active portion" of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein includes a fragment of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein which participates in an interaction between a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecule and a non-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 molecule. Biologically active portions of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein include peptides comprising amino acid sequences sufficiently homologous to or derived from the amino acid sequence of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, e.g., the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ DO NO:5, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:l 1, SEQ ID NO: 14, or SEQ ID NO:17, which include less amino acids than the full length 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins, and exhibit at 'least one activity of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Typically, biologically active portions comprise a domain or motif with at least one activity of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, e.g., transferase activity. A biologically active portion of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein can be a polypeptide which is, for example, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200 or more amino acids in length. Biologically active portions of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein can be used as targets for developing agents which modulate a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mediated activity, e.g., transferase activity. Calculations of homology or sequence identity between sequences (the terms are used interchangeably herein) are performed as follows. To determine the percent identity of two amino acid sequences, or of two nucleic acid sequences, the sequences are aligned for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second amino acid or nucleic acid sequence for optimal alignment and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In a prefened embodiment, the length of a reference sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, preferably at least 40%, more preferably at least 50%, even more preferably at least 60%, and even more preferably at least 70%, 80%, 90%o, 100%) of the length of the reference sequence (e.g., when aligning a second sequence to the 26199 amino acid sequence of SEQ DD NO:2 having 229 amino acid residues, at least 69, preferably at least 92, more preferably at least 115, even more preferably at least 137, and even more preferably at least 160, 183, 206 or 229 amino acid residues are aligned. The amino acid residues or nucleotides at conesponding amino acid positions or nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same amino acid residue or nucleotide as the conesponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position (as used herein amino acid or nucleic acid "identity" is equivalent to amino acid or nucleic acid "homology"). The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which need to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. In a prefened embodiment, the percent identity between two amino acid sequences is determined using the Needleman and Wunsch (J. Mol Biol. (48):444-453 (1970)) algorithm which has been incorporated into the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using either a Blossum 62 matrix or a PAM250 matrix, and a gap weight of 16, 14, 12, 10, 8, 6, or 4 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. In yet another prefened embodiment, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences is determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package (available at http://www.gcg.com), using a NWSgapdna.CMP matrix and a gap weight of 40, 50, 60, 70, or 80 and a length weight of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. A particularly prefened set of parameters (and the one that should be used if the practitioner is uncertain about what parameters should be applied to determine if a molecule is within a sequence identity or homology limitation of the invention) is using a Blossum 62 scoring matrix with a gap open penalty of 12, a gap extend penalty of 4, and a frameshift gap penalty of 5. The percent identity between two amino acid or nucleotide sequences can be determined using the algorithm of E. Meyers and W. Miller (CABIOS, 4:11-17 (1989)) which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0), using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4. The nucleic acid and protein sequences described herein can be used as a "query sequence" to perform a search against public databases to, for example, identify other family members or related sequences. Such searches can be performed using the NBLAST and XBLAST programs (version 2.0) of Altschul, et al., (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-10. BLAST nucleotide searches can be performed with the NBLAST program, score = 100, wordlength = 12 to obtain nucleotide sequences homologous to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecules of the invention. BLAST protein searches can be performed with the XBLAST program, score = 50, wordlength = 3 to obtain amino acid sequences homologous to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein molecules of the invention. To obtain gapped alignments for comparison purposes, Gapped BLAST can be utilized as described in Altschul et al., (1997) Nucleic Acids Res. 25(17):3389-3402. When utilizing BLAST and Gapped BLAST programs, the default parameters of the respective programs (e.g., XBLAST and NBLAST) can be used. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov. "Misexpression or abenant expression", as used herein, refers to a non-wild type pattern of gene expression, at the RNA or protein level. It includes: expression at non-wild type levels, i.e., over or under expression; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the time or stage at which the gene is expressed, e.g., increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) at a predetermined developmental period or stage; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of decreased expression (as compared with wild type) in a predetermined cell type or tissue type; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the splicing size, amino acid sequence, post-transitional modification, or biological activity of the expressed polypeptide; a pattern of expression that differs from wild type in terms of the effect of an environmental stimulus or extracellular stimulus on expression of the gene, e.g., a pattern of increased or decreased expression (as compared with wild type) in the presence of an increase or decrease in the strength of the stimulus. "Subject", as used herein, can refer to a mammal, e.g., a human, or to an experimental or animal or disease model. The subject can also be a non-human animal, e.g., a horse, cow, goat, or other domestic animal. A "purified preparation of cells", as used herein, refers to, in the case of plant or animal cells, an in vitro preparation of cells and not an entire intact plant or animal. In the case of cultured cells or microbial cells, it consists of a preparation of at least 10% and more preferably 50% of the subject cells. Various aspects of the invention are described in further detail below. Isolated Nucleic Acid Molecules In one aspect, the invention provides, an isolated or purified, nucleic acid molecule that encodes a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide described herein, e.g., a full length 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or a fragment thereof, e.g., a biologically active portion of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Also included is a nucleic acid fragment suitable for use as a hybridization probe, which can be used, e.g., to a identify nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA, and fragments suitable for use as primers, e.g., PCR primers for the amplification or mutation of nucleic acid molecules. In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes the nucleotide sequences shown in SEQ DO NO:l, SEQ DD NO:4, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ DD NO:13, or SEQ DD NO:16, or the nucleotide sequences of the DNA inserts of the plasmids deposited with ATCC as Accession Numbers , or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule includes sequences encoding the human 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein (i.e., "the coding region", from nucleotides 56-743, 36-1284, 148-1972, 31-2017, 18-1185, or 215-1187 of SEQ DO NO:l, SEQ DO NO:4, SEQ DO NO:7, SEQ DO NO:10, SEQ ID NO:13, or SEQ DD NO: 16, respectively, not including the terminal codon), as well as 5' untranslated sequences (nucleotides 1-55, 1-35, 1-147, 1-30, 1-19, and 1-214 of SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ DD NO:4, SEQ DD NO:7, SEQ DD NO:10, SEQ ID NO:13, or SEQ ID NO:16 respectively). Alternatively, the nucleic acid molecule can include only the coding region of SEQ πD NO:l, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ DO NO:7, SEQ DD NO: 10, SEQ HD NO: 13, or SEQ ID NO:16 (e.g., nucleotides 56-746, 36-1287, 148-1975, 31-2020, 18-1188, or 216-1191 of SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ HD NO:7, SEQ HD NO:10, SEQ ID NO:13, or SEQ ID NO: 16 respectively, conesponding to SEQ TD NO:3, SEQ DD NO:6, SEQ DD NO:9, SEQ DD NO: 12, SEQ DD NO: 15, or SEQ DD NO: 18 respectively) and, e.g., no flanking sequences which normally accompany the subject sequence, hi another embodiment, the nucleic acid molecule encodes a sequence conesponding to the mature protein of SEQ DO NO:2, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ HD NO:8, SEQ HD NO:ll, SEQ ID NO: 14, or SEQ ID NO:17. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention includes a nucleic acid molecule which is a complement of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ HD NO:l, SEQ TD NO:3, SEQ HD NO:4, SEQ HD NO:6, SEQ TD NO:7, SEQ HD NO:9, SEQ πD NO:10, SEQ HD NO:12, SEQ TD NO:13, SEQ TD NO:15, SEQ HD NO:16, or SEQ TD NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number , or a portion of any of these nucleotide sequences. In other embodiments, the nucleic acid molecule of the invention is sufficiently complementary to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ DD NO.T, SEQ TD NO:3, SEQ HD NO:4, SEQ HD NO:6, SEQ TD NO:7, SEQ HD NO:9, SEQ TD NO: 10, SEQ HD NO: 12, SEQ TD NO: 13, SEQ H NO:15, SEQ ED NO:16, or SEQ ID NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number such that it can hybridize to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ HD NO:l, SEQ HD NO:3, SEQ TD NO:4, SEQ TD NO:6, SEQ HD NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ HD NO:10, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ HD NO:13, SEQ ID NO:15, SEQ TD NO:16, or SEQ HD NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number , ' thereby forming a stable duplex. In one embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the present invention includes a nucleotide sequence which is at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or more homologous to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ HD NO:3, SEQ HD NO:4, SEQ HD NO:6, SEQ HD NO:7, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ DD NO:12, SEQ DD NO:13, SEQ DD NO:15, SEQ DD NO:16, or SEQ ID NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number . h the case of an isolated nucleic acid molecule which is longer than or equivalent in length to the reference sequence, e.g., SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ DD NO:4, SEQ DD NO:7, SEQ TD NO:10, SEQ HD NO:13, and SEQ HD NO:16, or SEQ TD NO:3, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ TD NO:15, and SEQ TD NO:18, the comparison is made with the full length of the reference sequence. Where the isolated nucleic acid molecule is shorter than the reference sequence, e.g., shorter than SEQ DO NO:l, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ DD NO:7, SEQ D NO:10, SEQ ED NO:13, and SEQ ED NO:16, or SEQ HD NO:3, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ED NO: 12, SEQ ED NO: 15, and SEQ ED NO: 18, the comparison is made to a segment of the reference sequence of the same length (excluding any loop required by the homology calculation) . 26199. 33530. 33949. 47148. 50226. and 58764 Nucleic Acid Fragments A nucleic acid molecule of the invention can include only a portion of the nucleic acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ ED NO:3, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ HD NO:13, SEQ ED NO:15, SEQ E> NO:16, or SEQ HD NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number . For example, such a nucleic acid molecule can include a fragment which can be used as a probe or primer or a fragment encoding a portion of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, e.g., an immunogenic or biologically active portion of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. A fragment can comprise: nucleotides 631-1179 SEQ ED NO:4, 460-1023 of SEQ ED NO:7, 460-1968 of SEQ ED NO:10, 335-660 of SEQ ED NO:13, or 343-900 of SEQ ED NO: 16, which encodes an transferase domain of human 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. The nucleotide sequence determined from the cloning of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene allows for the generation of probes and primers designed for use in identifying and/or cloning other 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 family members, or fragments thereof, as well as 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 homologues, or fragments thereof, from other species. hi another embodiment, a nucleic acid includes a nucleotide sequence that includes part, or all, of the coding region and extends into either (or both) the 5' or 3' noncoding region. Other embodiments include a fragment which includes a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid fragment described herein. Nucleic acid fragments can encode a specific domain or site described herein or fragments thereof, particularly fragments thereof which are at least 150 amino acids in length. Fragments also include nucleic acid sequences conesponding to specific amino acid sequences described above or fragments thereof. Nucleic acid fragments should not to be construed as encompassing those fragments that may have been disclosed prior to the invention. A nucleic acid fragment can include a sequence conesponding to a domain, region, or functional site described herein. A nucleic acid fragment can also include one or more domain, region, or functional site described herein. Thus, for example, the nucleic acid fragment can include an transferase domain. In a prefened embodiment the fragment is at least, 50, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, or 900 base pairs in length. 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 probes and primers are provided. Typically a probe/primer is an isolated or purified oligonucleotide. The oligonucleotide typically includes a region of nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under stringent conditions to at least about 7, 12 or 15, preferably about 20 or 25, more preferably about 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 75 consecutive nucleotides of a sense or antisense sequence of SEQ TD NO:l, SEQ DD NO:3, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ ED NO:13, SEQ ED NO:15, SEQ ED NO:16, or SEQ ED NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number , or of a naturally occurring allelic variant or mutant of SEQ ED NO: 1 , SEQ ED NO:3, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ DD NO:9, SEQ DD NO:10, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ ED NO:13, SEQ ED NO:15, SEQ HD NO:16, or SEQ ED NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number . In a prefened embodiment the nucleic acid is a probe which is at least 5 or 10, and less than 200, more preferably less than 100, or less than 50, base pairs in length. It should be identical, or differ by 1, or less than in 5 or 10 bases, from a sequence disclosed herein. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. "Looped" out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences. A probe or primer can be derived from the sense or anti-sense strand of a nucleic acid which encodes a transferase domain (e.g., about amino acid residues 211-393 of SEQ ED NO:5, 154-341 of SEQ ID NO:8, 154-656 of SEQ TD NO:l 1, 119-220 of SEQ ED NO: 14, or 115-300 of SEQ ED NO:17). In another embodiment a set of primers is provided, e.g., primers suitable for use in a PCR, which can be used to amplify a selected region of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 sequence, e.g., a region described herein. The primers should be at least 5, 10, or 50 base pairs in length and less than 100, or less than 200, base pairs in length. The primers should be identical, or differs by one base from a sequence disclosed herein or from a naturally occurring variant. E.g., primers suitable for amplifying all or a portion of any of the following regions are provided: a transferase domain (e.g., about amino acid residues 211-393 of SEQ ED NO:5, 154-341 of SEQ ED NO:8, 154-656 of SEQ ED NO:ll, 119-220 of SEQ ED NO: 14, or 115-300 of SEQ ED NO: 17). A nucleic acid fragment can encode an epitope bearing region of a polypeptide described herein. A nucleic acid fragment encoding a "biologically active portion of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide" can be prepared by isolating a portion of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ ED NO:3, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ TD NO:6, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ DO NO:10, SEQ DD NO: 12, SEQ DD NO:13, SEQ ED NO: 15, SEQ ED NO:16, or SEQ ED NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number , which encodes a polypeptide having a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 biological activity (e.g., the biological activities of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins as described herein), expressing the encoded portion of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein (e.g., by recombinant expression in vitro) and assessing the activity of the encoded portion of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. For example, a nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 includes a transferase domain (e.g., about amino acid residues 211-393 of SEQ ED NO:5, 154-341 of SEQ DD NO:8, 154-656 of SEQ D NO:l l, 119-220 of SEQ ED NO: 14, or 115-300 of SEQ ED NO:17). A nucleic acid fragment encoding a biologically active portion of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide, may comprise a nucleotide sequence which is greater than 300-1200 or more nucleotides in length. In prefened embodiments, nucleic acids include a nucleotide sequence which is about 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400 nucleotides in ' length and hybridizes under stringent hybridization conditions to a nucleic acid molecule of SEQ DO NO:l, SEQ TD NO:4, SEQ DD NO:7, SEQ DD NO: 10, SEQ ED NO: 13, and SEQ DD NO:16, or SEQ ED NO:3, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ HD NO:9, SEQ TD NO:12, SEQ HD NO:15, and SEQ TD NO: 18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number . 26199. 33530. 33949, 47148. 50226. and 58764 Nucleic Acid Variants The invention further encompasses nucleic acid molecules that differ from the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ HD NO:l, SEQ E» NO:3, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ HD NO:6, SEQ E> NO:7, SEQ TD NO:9, SEQ HD NO:10, SEQ HD NO:12, SEQ E> NO:13, SEQ TD NO:15, SEQ E> NO:16, or SEQ HD NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number . Such differences can be due to degeneracy of the genetic code (and result in a nucleic acid which encodes the same 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins as those encoded by the nucleotide sequence disclosed herein. In another embodiment, an isolated nucleic acid molecule of the invention has a nucleotide sequence encoding a protein having an amino acid sequence which differs, by at least 1, but less than 5, 10, 20, 50, or 100 amino acid residues that shown in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ HD NO:8, SEQ HD NO:l 1, SEQ ED NO: 14, or SEQ ED NO: 17. If alignment is needed for this comparison the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. "Looped" out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences. Nucleic acids of the inventor can be chosen for having codons, which are prefened, or non prefened, for a particular expression system. E.g., the nucleic acid can be one in which at least one colon, at preferably at least 10%, or 20% of the codons has been altered such that the sequence is optimized for expression in E. coli, yeast, human, insect, or CHO cells. Nucleic acid variants can be naturally occurring, such as allelic variants (same locus), homologs (different locus), and orthologs (different organism) or can be non-naturally occurring. Non-naturally occurring variants can be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to polynucleotides, cells, or organisms. The variants can contain nucleotide substitutions, deletions, inversions and insertions. Variation can occur in either or both the coding and non-coding regions. The variations can produce both conservative and non-conservative amino acid substitutions (as compared in the encoded product). In a prefened embodiment, the nucleic acid differs from that of SEQ ED NO: 1 , SEQ ED NO:3, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ TD NO:6, SEQ TD NO:7, SEQ DD NO:9, SEQ E> NO: 10, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ ED NO:13, SEQ ED NO:15, SEQ TD NO:16, or SEQ ED NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number , e.g., as follows: by at least one but less than 10, 20, 30, or 40 nucleotides; at least one but less than 1%, 5%, 10% or 20% of the in the subject nucleic acid, ff necessary for this analysis the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. "Looped" out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences. Orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants can be identified using methods known in the art. These variants comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide that is 50%, at least about 55%, typically at least about 10-15%, more typically at least about 80-85%, and most typically at least about 90-95 % or more identical to the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ DD NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ ED NO:l 1, SEQ ED NO: 14, or SEQ ED NO : 17 or a fragment of this sequence. Such nucleic acid molecules can readily be obtained as being able to hybridize under stringent conditions, to the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ED NO:3, SEQ DD NO:6, SEQ DD NO:9, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ ED NO:15, or SEQ ED NO: 18 or a fragment of this sequence. Nucleic acid molecules conesponding to orthologs, homologs, and allelic variants of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 cDNAs of the invention can further be isolated by mapping to the same chromosome or locus as the 26199; 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene. Prefened variants include those that are conelated with transferase activity. Allelic variants of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764, e.g., human 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764, include both functional and non-functional proteins. Functional allelic variants are naturally occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein within a population that maintain the ability to modulate the phosphorylation state of itself or another protein or polypeptide. Functional allelic variants will typically contain only conservative substitution of one or more amino acids of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ ED NO:ll, SEQ ED NO: 14, or SEQ ED NO: 17, or substitution, deletion or insertion of non-critical residues in non-critical regions of the protein. Non-functional allelic variants are naturally-occurring amino acid sequence variants of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764, e.g., human 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764, protein within a population that do not have the ability to attach an acyl chain to a lipid precursor. Non- functional allelic variants will typically contain a non-conservative substitution, a deletion, or insertion, or premature truncation of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ TD NO:5, SEQ TD NO:8, SEQ ED NO:l l, SEQ TD NO: 14, or SEQ HD NO:17, or a substitution, insertion, or deletion in critical residues or critical regions of the protein. Moreover, nucleic acid molecules encoding other 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 family members and, thus, which have a nucleotide sequence which differs from the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 sequences of SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ HD NO:3, SEQ E> NO:4, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ TD NO:12, SEQ HD NO:13, SEQ ID NO:15, SEQ DD NO:16, or SEQ DD NO: 18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number are intended to be within the scope of the invention. Antisense Nucleic Acid Molecules, Ribozymes and Modified 26199. 33530, 33949, 47148. 50226. and 58764 Nucleic Acid Molecules In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated nucleic acid molecule which is antisense to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. An "antisense" nucleic acid can include a nucleotide sequence which is complementary to a "sense" nucleic acid encoding a protein, e.g., complementary to the coding strand of a double-stranded cDNA molecule or complementary to an mRNA sequence. The antisense nucleic acid can be complementary to an entire 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 coding strand, or to only a portion thereof (e.g., the coding region of human 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 conesponding to SEQ DO NO:3, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ED NO: 12, SEQ TD NO: 15, or SEQ DD NO: 18). In another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule is antisense to a "noncoding region" of the coding strand of a nucleotide sequence encoding 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 (e.g., the 5' and 3' untranslated regions). An antisense nucleic acid can be designed such that it is complementary to the entire coding region of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA, but more preferably is an oligonucleotide which is antisense to only a portion of the coding or noncoding region of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA. For example, the antisense oligonucleotide can be complementary to the region sunounding the translation start site of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA, e.g., between the -10 and +10 regions of the target gene nucleotide sequence of interest. An antisense oligonucleotide can be, for example, about 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, or more nucleotides in length. An antisense nucleic acid of the invention can be constructed using chemical synthesis and enzymatic ligation reactions using procedures known in the art. For example, an antisense nucleic acid (e.g., an antisense oligonucleotide) can be chemically synthesized using naturally occurring nucleotides or variously modified nucleotides designed to increase the biological stability of the molecules or to increase the physical stability of the duplex formed between the antisense and sense nucleic acids, e.g., phosphorothioate derivatives and acridine substituted nucleotides can be used. The antisense nucleic acid also can be produced biologically using an expression vector into which a nucleic acid has been subcloned in an antisense orientation (i.e., RNA transcribed from the inserted nucleic acid will be of an antisense orientation to a target nucleic acid of interest, described further in the following subsection). The antisense nucleic acid molecules of the invention are typically administered to a subject (e.g., by direct injection at a tissue site), or generated in situ such that they hybridize with or bind to cellular mRNA and/or genomic DNA encoding a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein to thereby inhibit expression of the protein, e.g., by inhibiting transcription and/or translation. Alternatively, antisense nucleic acid molecules can be modified to target selected cells and then administered systemically. For systemic administration, antisense molecules can be modified such that they specifically bind to receptors or antigens expressed on a selected cell surface, e.g., by linking the antisense nucleic acid molecules to peptides or antibodies which bind to cell surface receptors or antigens. The antisense nucleic acid molecules can also be delivered to cells using the vectors described herein. To achieve sufficient intracellular concentrations of the antisense molecules, vector constructs in which the antisense nucleic acid molecule is placed under the control of a strong pol II or pol HI promoter are prefened. In yet another embodiment, the antisense nucleic acid molecule of the invention is an α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule. An α-anomeric nucleic acid molecule forms specific double-stranded hybrids with complementary RNA in which, contrary to the usual β-units, the strands run parallel to each other (Gaultier et al., (1987) Nucleic Acids. Res. 15:6625- 6641). The antisense nucleic acid molecule can also comprise a 2'-o-methykibonucleotide (Inoue et al., (1987) Nucleic Acids Res. 15:6131-6148) or a chimeric RNA-DNA analogue (Inoue et al., (1987) FEBSLett. 215:327-330). In still another embodiment, an antisense nucleic acid of the invention is a ribozyme. A ribozyme having specificity for a 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-encoding nucleic acid can include one or more sequences complementary to the nucleotide sequence of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 cDNA disclosed herein (i.e., SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:13, and SEQ ED NO: 16, or SEQ ED NO:3, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ED NO: 12, SEQ DD NO: 15, and SEQ DD NO: 18), and a sequence having known catalytic sequence responsible for mRNA cleavage (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246 or Haselhoff and Gerlach, (1988) Nature 334:585-591). For example, a derivative of a Tetrahymena L-19 TVS RNA can be constructed in which the nucleotide sequence of the active site is complementary to the nucleotide sequence to be cleaved in a 26199-, 33530-r, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-encoding mRNA. See, e.g., Cech et al. U.S. Patent No. 4,987,071; and Cech et al. U.S. Patent No. 5,116,742. Alternatively, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA can be used to select a catalytic RNA having a specific ribonuclease activity from a pool of RNA molecules. See, e.g., Bartel, D. and Szostak, J.W. (1993) Science 261:1411- 1418. 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene expression can be inhibited by targeting nucleotide sequences complementary to the regulatory region of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 (e.g., the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 promoter and/or enhancers) to form triple helical structures that prevent transcription of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene in target cells. See generally, Helene, C, (1991) Anticancer Drug Des. 6(6):569-84; Helene, C. et al., (1992) Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 660:27-36; and Maher, L.J., (1992) Bioassays 14(12):807-15. The potential sequences that can be targeted for triple helix formation can be increased by creating a so- called "switchback" nucleic acid molecule. Switchback molecules are synthesized in an alternating 5'-3', 3 '-5' manner, such that they base pair with first one strand of a duplex and then the other, eliminating the necessity for a sizeable stretch of either purines or pyrimidines to be present on one strand of a duplex. The invention also provides detectably labeled oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules. Typically, such labels are chemiluminescent, fluorescent, radioactive, or colorimetric. A 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecule can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety or phosphate backbone to improve, e.g., the stability, hybridization, or solubility of the molecule. For example, the deoxyribose phosphate backbone of the nucleic acid molecules can be modified to generate peptide nucleic acids (see Hyrup B. et al., (1996) Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 4 (1): 5-23). As used herein, the terms "peptide nucleic acid" or "PNA" refers to a nucleic acid mimic, e.g., a DNA mimic, in which the deoxyribose phosphate backbone is replaced by a pseudopeptide backbone and only the four natural nucleobases are retained. The neutral backbone of a PNA can allow for specific hybridization to DNA and RNA under conditions of low ionic strength. The synthesis of PNA oligomers can be performed using standard solid phase peptide synthesis protocols as described in Hyrup B. et al., (1996) supra; Perry-O'Keefe et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 93: 14670-675. PNAs of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecules can be used in therapeutic and diagnostic applications. For example, PNAs can be used as antisense or antigene agents for sequence-specific modulation of gene expression by, for example, inducing transcription or translation arrest or inhibiting replication. PNAs of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecules can also be used in the analysis of single base pair mutations in a gene, (e.g., by PNA-directed PCR clamping); as 'artificial restriction enzymes' when used in combination with other enzymes, (e.g., SI nucleases (Hyrup B., (1996) supra)); or as probes or primers for DNA sequencing or hybridization (Hyrup B. et al., (1996) supra; Perry-O'Keefe supra). In other embodiments, the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors in vivo), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Letsinger et al., (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:6553-6556; Lemaitre et al., (1987) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 84:648-652; PCT Publication No. W088/09810) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. W089/10134). In addition, oligonucleotides can be modified with hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (See, e.g., Krol et al., (1988) Bio-Techniques 6:958-976) or intercalating agents. (See, e.g., Zon, (1988) Pharm. Res. 5:539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated to another molecule, (e.g., a peptide, hybridization triggered cross- linking agent, transport agent, or hybridization-triggered cleavage agent). The invention also includes molecular beacon oligonucleotide primer and probe molecules having at least one region which is complementary to a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid of the invention, two complementary regions one having a fluorophore and one a quencher such that the molecular beacon is useful for quantitating the presence of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid of the invention in a sample. Molecular beacon nucleic acids are described, for example, in Lizardi et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,854,033; Nazarenko et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,866,336, and Livak et al., U.S. Patent 5,876,930. Isolated 26199. 33530, 33949. 47148. 50226. and 58764 Polypeptides In another aspect, the invention features, an isolated 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, or fragment, e.g., a biologically active portion, for use as immunogens or antigens to raise or test (or more generally to bind) anti-26199, -33530, - 33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 antibodies. 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein can be isolated from cells or tissue sources using standard protein purification techniques. 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or fragments thereof can be produced by recombinant DNA techmques or synthesized chemically. Polypeptides of the invention include those which arise as a result of the existence of multiple genes, alternative transcription events, alternative RNA splicing events, and alternative translational and postranslational events. The polypeptide can be expressed in systems, e.g., cultured cells, which result in substantially the same postranslational modifications present when expressed the polypeptide is expressed in a native cell, or in systems which result in the alteration or omission of postranslational modifications, e.g., gylcosylation or cleavage, present when expressed in a native cell. In a prefened embodiment, a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide has one or more of the following characteristics: (i) it has the ability to catalyze the transfer of one molecular group from one molecule to another; (ii) it has a molecular weight, e.g., a deduced molecular weight, amino acid composition or other physical characteristic of the polypeptide of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ D NO: 11, SEQ ED NO: 14, or SEQ ED NO: 17; (iii) it has an overall sequence similarity of at least 50%, preferably at least 60%>, more preferably at least 70, 80, 90, or 95%, with a polypeptide of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ ED NO:l 1, SEQ ED NO: 14, or SEQ ED NO:17; (iv) it has a transferase domain which preferably has an overall sequence similarity of about 70%, 80%, 90% or 95% with amino acid residues 211-393 of SEQ ED NO:5, 154- 341 of SEQ ED NO:8, 154-656 of SEQ ED NO:l l, 119-220 of SEQ ED NO: 14, or 115-300 ofSEQ ED NO:17; (v) it has at least 70%, preferably 80%, and most preferably 95% of the cysteines found in the amino acid sequence of the native protein. In a prefened embodiment the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, or fragment thereof, differs from the conesponding sequence in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ HD NO:5, SEQ TD NO:8, SEQ TD NO:ll, SEQ TD NO: 14, or SEQ TD NO:17. h one embodiment it differs by at least one but by less than 15, 10 or 5 amino acid residues. In another it differs from the conesponding sequence in SEQ D NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ ED NO:ll, SEQ ED NO: 14, or SEQ ED NO:17 by at least one residue but less than 20%, 15%, 10% or 5% of the residues in it differ from the conesponding sequence in SEQ D NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ DD NO: 11, SEQ DD NO: 14, or SEQ DD NO:17. (If this comparison requires alignment the sequences should be aligned for maximum homology. "Looped" out sequences from deletions or insertions, or mismatches, are considered differences.) The differences are, preferably, differences or changes at a non-essential residue or a conservative substitution. In a prefened embodiment the differences are not in the transferase domain, hi another prefened embodiment one or more differences are in non-active site residues, e.g. outside of the transferase domain. Other embodiments include a protein that contain one or more changes in amino acid sequence, e.g., a change in an amino acid residue which is not essential for activity. Such 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins differ in amino acid sequence from SEQ HD NO:2, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ E> NO:8, SEQ ID NO:l 1, SEQ DO NO: 14, or SEQ ) NO: 17, yet retain biological activity. In one embodiment, a biologically active portion of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein includes an transferase domain. In another embodiment, a biologically active portion of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein includes a protein kinase C phosphorylation site domain. Moreover, other biologically active portions, in which other regions of the protein are deleted, can be prepared by recombinant techniques and evaluated for one or more of the functional activities of a native 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. In a prefened embodiment, the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein has an amino acid sequence shown in SEQ DO NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ ED NO:ll, SEQ ED NO: 14, or SEQ ED NO:17. In other embodiments, the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ ED NO:ll, SEQ ED NO: 14, or SEQ ED NO:17. hi yet another embodiment, the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein is substantially identical to SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ HD NO:5, SEQ TD NO:8, SEQ TD NO:l 1, SEQ HD NO: 14, or SEQ HD NO: 17 and retains the functional activity of the protein of SEQ HD NO:2, SEQ E> NO:5, SEQ HD NO:8, SEQ TD NO:l 1, SEQ TD NO: 14, or SEQ ID NO: 17, as described in detail above. Accordingly, in another embodiment, the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein is a protein which includes an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or more identical to SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ DD NO:5, SEQ TD NO:8, SEQ DD NO:l 1, SEQ HD NO: 14, or SEQ E ) NO: 17. 26199. 33530. 33949. 47148. 50226. and 58764 Chimeric or Fusion Proteins In another aspect, the invention provides 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 chimeric or fusion proteins. As used herein, a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 "chimeric protein" or "fusion protein" includes a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide linked to a non-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or - 58764 polypeptide. A "non-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 polypeptide" refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence conesponding to a protein which is not substantially homologous to the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, e.g., a protein which is different from the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein and which is derived from the same or a different organism. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide of the fusion protein can conespond to all or a portion e.g., a fragment described herein of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 amino acid sequence. In a prefened embodiment, a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 fusion protein includes at least one (or two) biologically active portion of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. The non-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 polypeptide can be fused to the N-terminus or C-terminus of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide. The fusion protein can include a moiety which has a high affinity for a ligand. For example, the fusion protein can be a GST-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or - 58764 fusion protein in which the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 sequences are fused to the C-terminus of the GST sequences. Such fusion proteins can facilitate the purification of recombinant 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. Alternatively, the fusion protein can be a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein containing a heterologous signal sequence at its N-terminus. In certain host cells (e.g., mammalian host cells), expression and/or secretion of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 can be increased through use of a heterologous signal sequence. Fusion proteins can include all or a part of a serum protein, e.g., an IgG constant region, or human serum albumin. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 fusion proteins of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions and administered to a subject in vivo. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 fusion proteins can be used to affect the bioavailability of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrate. 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 fusion proteins may be useful therapeutically for the treatment of disorders caused by, for example, (i) abenant modification or mutation of a gene encoding a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein; (ii) mis-regulation of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene; and (iii) abenant post- translational modification of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Moreover, the 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-fusion proteins of the invention can be used as immunogens to produce anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, - 50226, or -58764 antibodies in a subject, to purify 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 ligands and in screening assays to identify molecules which inhibit the interaction of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrate. Expression vectors are commercially available that already encode a fusion moiety (e.g., a GST polypeptide). A 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-encoding nucleic acid can be cloned into such an expression vector such that the fusion moiety is linked in-frame to the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Variants of 26199. 33530. 33949. 47148. 50226. and 58764 Proteins In another aspect, the invention also features a variant of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide, e.g., which functions as an agonist (mimetics) or as an antagonist. Variants of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins can be generated by mutagenesis, e.g., discrete point mutation, the insertion or deletion of sequences or the truncation of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. An agonist of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins can retain substantially the same, or a subset, of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. An antagonist of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein can inhibit one or more of the activities of the naturally occurring form of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein by, for example, competitively modulating a 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-mediated activity of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Thus, specific biological effects can be elicited by treatment with a variant of limited function. Preferably, treatment of a subject with a variant having a subset of the biological activities of the naturally occurring form of the protein has fewer side effects in a subject relative to treatment with the naturally occurring form of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Variants of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein can be identified by screening combinatorial libraries of mutants, e.g., truncation mutants, of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein for agonist or antagonist activity. Libraries of fragments e.g., N terminal, C terminal, or internal fragments, of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein coding sequence can be used to generate a variegated population of fragments for screening and subsequent selection of ' variants of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Variants in which a cysteine residues is added or deleted or in which a residue which is glycosylated is added or deleted are particularly prefened. Methods for screening gene products of combinatorial libraries made by point mutations or truncation, and for screening cDNA libraries for gene products having a selected property. Recursive ensemble mutagenesis (REM), a new technique which enhances the frequency of functional mutants in the libraries, can be used in combination with the screening assays to identify 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 variants (Arkin and Yourvan, (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 59:7811-7815; Delgrave et al., (1993) Protein Engineering 6(3):327-331). Cell based assays can be exploited to analyze a variegated 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 library. For example, a library of expression vectors can be transfected into a cell line, e.g., a cell line, which ordinarily responds to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 in a substrate-dependent manner. The transfected cells are then contacted with 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 and the effect of the expression of the mutant on signaling by the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrate can be detected, e.g., by measuring transferase activity. Plasmid DNA can then be recovered from the cells which score for inhibition, or alternatively, potentiation of signaling by the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrate, and the individual clones further characterized. In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide, e.g., a peptide having a non-wild type activity, e.g., an antagonist, agonist, or super agonist of a naturally occurring 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide, e.g., a naturally occurring 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues of a non-conserved region, a domain or residue disclosed herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity. In another aspect, the invention features a method of making a fragment or analog of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide a biological activity of a naturally occurring 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide. The method includes: altering the sequence, e.g., by substitution or deletion of one or more residues, of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide, e.g., altering the sequence of a non-conserved region, or a domain or residue described herein, and testing the altered polypeptide for the desired activity. Anti-26199. -33530. -33949. -47148. -50226. and -58764 Antibodies In another aspect, the invention provides an anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, - 50226, or -58764 antibody. The term "antibody" as used herein refers to an immunoglobulin molecule or immunologically active portion thereof, i.e., an antigen- binding portion. Examples of immunologically active portions of immunoglobulin molecules include F(ab) and F(ab')2 fragments which can be generated by treating the antibody with an enzyme such as pepsin. The antibody can be a polyclonal, monoclonal, recombinant, e.g., a chimeric or humanized, fully human, non-human, e.g., murine, or single chain antibody. In a prefened embodiment it has effector function and can fix complement. The antibody can be coupled to a toxin or imaging agent. A full-length 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or, antigenic peptide fragment of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 can be used as an immunogen or can be used to identify anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or - 58764 antibodies made with other immunogens, e.g., cells, membrane preparations, and the like. The antigenic peptide of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 should include at least 8 amino acid residues of the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ ED NO:l 1, SEQ ED NO: 14, or SEQ ED NO:17 and encompasses an epitope of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. Preferably, the antigenic peptide includes at least 10 amino acid residues, more preferably at least 15 amino acid residues, even more preferably at least 20 amino acid residues, and most preferably at least 30 amino acid residues. Fragments of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 which include, e.g., residues 76-96 of SEQ ED NO:2, 266-296 of SEQ ED NO:5, 271-291 of SEQ ED NO:8, 516-541 of SEQ HD NO:l l, 221-241 of SEQ D NO: 14, or 151-181 of SEQ E> NO:17 can be, e.g., used as immunogens, or used to characterize the specificity of an antibody or antibodies against what are believed to be hydrophilic regions of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Similarly, a fragment of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 which includes, e.g., residues 171-191 of SEQ JJD NO:2, 111-131 of SEQ E) NO:5, 381-401 of SEQ E ) NO:8, 106-131 of SEQ ED NO:l l, 131-151 of SEQ ED NO: 14, or 106-126 of SEQ ED NO: 17 can be used to make an antibody against what is believed to be a hydrophobic region of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein; a fragment of 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 which includes residues 211-393 of SEQ ED NO:5, 154-341 of SEQ ED NO:8, 154-656 of SEQ ED NO:ll, 119-220 of SEQ ED NO: 14, or 115-300 of SEQ ED NO:17 can be used to make an antibody against the transferase region of the 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Antibodies reactive with, or specific for, any of these regions, or other regions or domains described herein are provided. In a prefened embodiment the antibody fails to bind an Fc receptor, e.g. it is a type which does not support Fc receptor binding or has been modified, e.g., by deletion or other mutation, such that is does not have a functional Fc receptor binding region. Prefened epitopes encompassed by the antigenic peptide are regions of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 are located on the surface of the protein, e.g., hydrophilic regions, as well as regions with high antigenicity. For example, an Emini surface probability analysis of the human 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein sequence can be used to indicate the regions that have a particularly high probability of being localized to the surface of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein and are thus likely to constitute surface residues useful for targeting antibody production. In a prefened embodiment the antibody binds an epitope on any domain or region on 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins described herein. Chimeric, humanized, but most preferably, completely human antibodies are desirable for applications which include repeated admimstration, e.g., therapeutic treatment (and some diagnostic applications) of human patients. The anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 antibody can be a single chain antibody. A single-chain antibody (scFV) may be engineered (see, for example, Colcher, D. et al, Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 1999 Jun 30;880:263-80; and Reiter, Y., Clin. Cancer Res. 1996 Feb;2(2):245-52). The single chain antibody can be dimerized or multimerized to generate multivalent antibodies having specificities for different epitopes of the same target 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. An anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 antibody (e.g., monoclonal antibody) can be used to isolate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 by standard techniques, such as affinity chromatography or immunoprecipitation. Moreover, an anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 antibody can be used to detect 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein (e.g., in a cellular lysate or cell supernatant) in order to evaluate the abundance and pattern of expression of the protein. Anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 antibodies can be used diagnostically to monitor protein levels in tissue as part of a clinical testing procedure, e.g., to, for example, determine the efficacy of a given treatment regimen. Detection can be facilitated by coupling (i.e., physically linking) the antibody to a detectable substance (i.e., antibody labeling). Examples of detectable substances include various enzymes, prosthetic groups, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials, bioluminescent materials, and radioactive materials. Examples of suitable enzymes include horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, β-galactosidase, or acetylcholinesterase; examples of suitable prosthetic group complexes include streptavidin/biotin and avidin/biotin; examples of suitable fluorescent materials include umbelliferone, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, dichlorotriazinylamine fluorescein, dansyl chloride or phycoerythrin; an example of a luminescent material includes luminol; examples of bioluminescent materials include luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin, and examples of suitable radioactive material include 1, 131 I, S or H. Recombinant Expression Vectors. Host Cells and Genetically Engineered Cells In another aspect, the invention includes, vectors, preferably expression vectors, containing a nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide described herein. As used herein, the term "vector" refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid to which it has been linked and can include a plasmid, cosmid or viral vector. The vector can be capable of autonomous replication or it can integrate into a host DNA. Viral vectors include, e.g., replication defective retroviruses, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses. A vector can include a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid in a form suitable for expression of the nucleic acid in a host cell. Preferably the recombinant expression vector includes one or more regulatory sequences operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be expressed. The term "regulatory sequence" includes promoters, enhancers and other expression control elements (e.g., polyadenylation signals). Regulatory sequences include those which direct constitutive expression of a nucleotide sequence, as well as tissue-specific regulatory and/or inducible sequences. The design of the expression vector can depend on such factors as the choice of the host cell to be transformed, the level of expression of protein desired, and the like. The expression vectors of the invention can be introduced into host cells to thereby produce proteins or polypeptides, including fusion proteins or polypeptides, encoded by nucleic acids as described herein (e.g., 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins, mutant forms of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins, fusion proteins, and the like). The recombinant expression vectors of the invention can be designed for expression of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. For example, polypeptides of the invention can be expressed in E. coli, insect cells (e.g., using baculovirus expression vectors), yeast cells or mammalian cells. Suitable host cells are discussed further in Goeddel, Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, CA (1990). Alternatively, the recombinant expression vector can be transcribed and translated in vitro, for example using T7 promoter regulatory sequences and T7 polymerase. Expression of proteins in prokaryotes is most often carried out in E. coli with vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters directing the expression of either fusion or non-fusion proteins. Fusion vectors add a number of amino acids to a protein encoded therein, usually to the amino terminus of the recombinant protein. Such fusion vectors typically serve three purposes: 1) to increase expression of recombinant protein; 2) to increase the solubility of the recombinant protein; and 3) to aid in the purification of the recombinant protein by acting as a ligand in affinity purification. Often, a proteolytic cleavage site is introduced at the junction of the fusion moiety and the recombinant protein to enable separation of the recombinant protein from the fusion moiety subsequent to purification of the fusion protein. Such enzymes, and their cognate recognition sequences, include Factor Xa, thrombin and enterokinase. Typical fusion expression vectors include pGEX (Pharmacia Biotech Inc; Smith, D.B. and Johnson, K.S., (1988) Gene 67:31-40), pMAL (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA) and pRIT5 (Pharmacia, Piscataway, NJ) which fuse glutathione S-transferase (GST), maltose E binding protein, or protein A, respectively, to the target recombinant protein. Purified fusion proteins can be used in 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity assays, (e.g., direct assays or competitive assays described in detail below), or to generate antibodies specific for 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins. In a prefened embodiment, a fusion protein expressed in a retro viral expression vector of the present invention can be used to infect bone manow cells which are subsequently transplanted into inadiated recipients. The pathology of the subject recipient is then examined after sufficient time has passed (e.g., six (6) weeks). To maximize recombinant protein expression in E. coli is to express the protein in host bacteria with an impaired capacity to proteolytically cleave the recombinant protein (Gottesman, S., Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, California (1990) 119-128). Another strategy is to alter the nucleic acid sequence of the nucleic acid to be inserted into an expression vector so that the individual codons for each amino acid are those preferentially utilized in E. coli (Wada et al., (1992) Nucleic Acids Res. 20:2111-2118). Such alteration of nucleic acid sequences of the invention can be carried out by standard DNA synthesis techmques. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression vector can be a yeast expression vector, a vector for expression in insect cells, e.g., a baculovirus expression vector or a vector suitable for expression in mammalian cells. When used in mammalian cells, the expression vector's control functions are often provided by viral regulatory elements. For example, commonly used promoters are derived from polyoma, Adenovirus 2, cytomegalovirus and Simian Virus 40. In another embodiment, the recombinant mammalian expression vector is capable of directing expression of the nucleic acid preferentially in a particular cell type (e.g., tissue- specific regulatory elements are used to express the nucleic acid). Non-limiting examples of suitable tissue-specific promoters include the albumin promoter (liver-specific; Pinkert et al., (1987) Genes Dev. 1:268-211), lymphoid-specific promoters (Calame and Eaton, (1988) Adv. Immunol 43:235-275), in particular promoters of T cell receptors (Winoto and Baltimore, (1989) EMBO J. 8:729-733) and immunoglobulins (Banerji et al., (1983) Cell 33:729-740; Queen and Baltimore, (1983) Cell 33:741-748), neuron-specific promoters (e.g., the neurofilament promoter; Byrne and Ruddle, (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:5473-5477), pancreas-specific promoters (Edlund et al., (1985) Science 230:912-916), and mammary gland-specific promoters (e.g., milk whey promoter; U.S. Patent No. 4,873,316 and European Application Publication No. 264,166). Developmentally- regulated promoters are also encompassed, for example, the murine hox promoters (Kessel and Grass, (1990) Science 249:374-379) and the α-fetoprotein promoter (Campes and Tilghman, (1989) Genes Dev. 3:537-546). The invention further provides a recombinant expression vector comprising a DNA molecule of the invention cloned into the expression vector in an antisense orientation. Regulatory sequences (e.g., viral promoters and/or enhancers) operatively linked to a nucleic acid cloned in the antisense orientation can be chosen which direct the constitutive, tissue specific or cell type specific expression of antisense RNA in a variety of cell types. The antisense expression vector can be in the form of a recombinant plasmid, phagemid or attenuated virus. For a discussion of the regulation of gene expression using antisense genes see Weintraub, H. et al., Antisense RNA as a molecular tool for genetic analysis, Reviews - Trends in Genetics, Vol. 1(1) 1986. Another aspect the invention provides a host cell which includes a nucleic acid molecule described herein, e.g., a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecule within a recombinant expression vector or a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecule containing sequences which allow it to homologously recombine into a specific site of the host cell's genome. The terms "host cell" and "recombinant host cell" are used interchangeably herein. Such terms refer not only to the particular subject cell but rather also to the progeny or potential progeny of such a cell. Because certain modifications may occur in succeeding generations due to either mutation or environmental influences, such progeny may not, in fact, be identical to the parent cell, but are still included within the scope of the term as used herein. A host cell can be any prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. For example, a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein can be expressed in bacterial cells such as E. coli, insect cells, yeast or mammalian cells (such as Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO) or COS cells). Other suitable host cells are known to those skilled in the art. Vector DNA can be introduced into host cells via conventional transformation or transfection techniques. As used herein, the terms "transformation" and "transfection" are intended to refer to a variety of art-recognized techniques for introducing foreign nucleic acid (e.g., DNA) into a host cell, including calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co- precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation A host cell of the invention can be used to produce (i.e., express) a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Accordingly, the invention further provides methods for producing a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein using the host cells of the invention, h one embodiment, the method includes culturing the host cell of the invention (into which a recombinant expression vector encoding a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein has been introduced) in a suitable medium such that a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein is produced, h another embodiment, the method further includes isolating a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein from the medium or the host cell. In another aspect, the invention features, a cell or purified preparation of cells which include a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 transgene, or which otherwise misexpress 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. The cell preparation can consist of human or non-human cells, e.g., rodent cells, e.g., mouse or rat cells, rabbit cells, or pig cells. In prefened embodiments, the cell or cells include a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 transgene, e.g., a heterologous form of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764, e.g., a gene derived from humans (in the case of a non-human cell). The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 transgene can be misexpressed, e.g., overexpressed or underexpressed. In other prefened embodiments, the cell or cells include a gene which misexpress an endogenous 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764, e.g., a gene the expression of which is disrupted, e.g., a knockout. Such cells can serve as a model for studying disorders which are related to mutated or mis-expressed 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 alleles or for use in drug screemng. In another aspect, the invention features, a human cell, e.g., a hematopoietic stem cell, transformed with nucleic acid which encodes a subject 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide. Also provided are cells or a purified preparation thereof, e.g., human cells, in which an endogenous 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 is under the control of a regulatory sequence that does not normally control the expression of the endogenous 26199, ' 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene. The expression characteristics of an endogenous gene within a cell, e.g., a cell line or microorganism, can be modified by inserting a heterologous DNA regulatory element into the genome of the cell such that the inserted regulatory element is operably linked to the endogenous 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene. For example, an endogenous 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, e.g., a gene which is "transcriptionally silent," e.g., not normally expressed, or expressed only at very low levels, may be activated by inserting a regulatory element which is capable of promoting the expression of a normally expressed gene product in that cell. Techniques such as targeted homologous recombinations, can be used to insert the heterologous DNA as described in, e.g., Chappel, US 5,272,071; WO 91/06667, published on May 16, 1991. Transgenic Animals The invention provides non-human transgenic animals. Such animals are useful for studying the function and/or activity of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein and for identifying and/or evaluating modulators of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity. As used herein, a "transgenic animal" is a non-human animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a rodent such as a rat or mouse, in which one or more of the cells of the animal includes a transgene. Other examples of transgenic animals include non-human primates, sheep, dogs, cows, goats, chickens, amphibians, and the like. A transgene is exogenous DNA or a reanangement, e.g., a deletion of endogenous chromosomal DNA, which preferably is integrated into or occurs in the genome of the cells of a transgenic animal. A transgene can direct the expression of an encoded gene product in one or more cell types or tissues of the transgenic animal, other transgenes, e.g., a knockout, reduce expression. Thus, a transgenic animal can be one in which an endogenous 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene has been altered by, e.g., by homologous recombination between the endogenous gene and an exogenous DNA molecule introduced into a cell of the animal, e.g., an embryonic cell of the animal, prior to development of the animal. Intronic sequences and polyadenylation signals can also be included in the transgene to increase the efficiency of expression of the transgene. A tissue-specific regulatory sequence(s) can be operably linked to a transgene of the invention to direct expression of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein to particular cells. A transgenic founder animal can be identified based upon the presence of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 transgene in its genome and/or expression of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA in tissues or cells of the animals. A transgenic founder animal can then be used to breed additional animals carrying the transgene. Moreover, transgenic animals canying a transgene encoding a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein can further be bred to other transgenic animals canying other transgenes. 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins or polypeptides can be expressed in transgenic animals or plants, e.g., a nucleic acid encoding the protein or polypeptide can be introduced into the genome of an animal, hi prefened embodiments the nucleic acid is placed under the control of a tissue specific promoter, e.g., a milk or egg specific promoter, and recovered from the milk or eggs produced by the animal. Suitable animals are mice, pigs, cows, goats, and sheep. The invention also includes a population of cells from a transgenic animal, as discussed herein. Uses The nucleic acid molecules, proteins, protein homologues, and antibodies described herein can be used in one or more of the following methods: a) screening assays; b) predictive medicine (e.g., diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, monitoring clinical trials, and pharmacogenetics); and c) methods of treatment (e.g., therapeutic and prophylactic). The isolated nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be used, for example, to express a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein (e.g., via a recombinant expression vector in a host cell in gene therapy applications), to detect a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA (e.g., in a biological sample) or a genetic alteration in a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, and to modulate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity, as described further below. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins can be used to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrate or production of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 inhibitors. In addition, the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins can be used to screen for naturally occurring 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrates, to screen for drugs or compounds which modulate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity, as well as to treat disorders characterized by insufficient or excessive production of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or production of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein forms which have decreased, abenant or unwanted activity compared to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 wild-type protein. Such disorders include those characterized by abenant signaling or abenant, e.g., hyperproliferative, cell growth. Moreover, the anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, - 50226, or -58764 antibodies of the invention can be used to detect and isolate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins, regulate the bioavailability of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins, and modulate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity. A method of evaluating a compound for the ability to interact with, e.g., bind, a subject 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide is provided. The method includes: contacting the compound with the subject 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide; and evaluating ability of the compound to interact with, e.g., to bind or form a complex with the subject 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide. This method can be performed in vitro, e.g., in a cell free system, or in vivo, e.g., in a two-hybrid interaction trap assay. This method can be used to identify naturally occurring molecules which interact with subject 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide. It can also be used to find natural or synthetic inhibitors of subject 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide. Screening methods are discussed in more detail below. Screening Assays: The invention provides methods (also refened to herein as "screening assays") for identifying modulators, i.e., candidate or test compounds or agents (e.g., proteins, peptides, peptidomimetics, peptoids, small molecules or other drugs) which bind to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins, have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity, or have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on, for example, the expression or activity of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrate. Compounds thus identified can be used to modulate the activity of target gene products (e.g., 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 genes) in a therapeutic protocol, to elaborate the biological function of the target gene product, or to identify compounds that disrupt normal target gene interactions. In one embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which are substrates of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof. In another embodiment, the invention provides assays for screening candidate or test compounds which bind to or modulate the activity of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or polypeptide or a biologically active portion thereof. The test compounds of the present invention can be obtained using any of the numerous approaches in combinatorial library methods known in the art, including: biological libraries; peptoid libraries [libraries of molecules having the functionalities of peptides, but with a novel, non-peptide backbone which are resistant to enzymatic degradation but which nevertheless remain bioactive] (see, e.g., Zuckermann, R.N. et al., J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37: 2678-85); spatially addressable parallel solid phase or solution phase libraries; synthetic library methods requiring deconvolution; the 'one-bead one-compound' library method; and synthetic library methods using affinity chromatography selection. The biological library and peptoid library approaches are limited to peptide libraries, while the other four approaches are applicable to peptide, non-peptide oligomer or small molecule libraries of compounds (Lam, K.S. (1997) Anticancer Drug Des. 12:145). Examples of methods for the synthesis of molecular libraries can be found in the art, for example in: DeWitt et al. (1993) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 90:6909; Erb et al., (1994) Proc. Nat Acad. Sci. USA 91:11422; Zuckermann et al., (1994). J. Med. Chem. 37:2678; Cho et al, (1993) Science 261 :1303; Canell et al., (1994) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33:2059; Carell et al., (1994) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 33:2061; and in Gallop et al., (1994) J. Med. Chem. 37:1233. Libraries of compounds maybe presented in solution (e.g., Houghten, (1992) Biotechniques 13:412-421), or on beads (Lam, (1991) Nature 354:82-84), chips (Fodor, (1993) Nature 364:555-556), bacteria or spores (Ladner, United States Patent No. 5,223,409), plasmids (Cull et al., (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:1865-1869) or on phage (Scott and Smith, (1990) Science 249:386-390); (Devlin, (1990) Science 249:404- 406); (Cwirla et al, (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 87:6378-6382); (Felici, (1991) J. Mol. Biol. 222:301-310); (Ladner supra.). In one embodiment, an assay is a cell-based assay in which a cell which expresses a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound, and the ability of the test compound to modulate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity is determined. Determining the ability of the test compound to modulate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity can be accomplished by monitoring, for example, transferase activity. The cell, for example, can be of mammalian origin, e.g., human. Cell homogenates, or fractions, preferably membrane containing fractions, can also be tested. The ability of the test compound to modulate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 binding to a compound, e.g., a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrate, or to bind to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 can also be evaluated. This can be accomplished, for example, by coupling the compound, e.g., the substrate, with a radioisotope or enzymatic label such that binding of the compound, e.g., the substrate, to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 can be determined by detecting the labeled compound, e.g., substrate, in a complex. Alternatively, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 could be coupled with a radioisotope or enzymatic label to monitor the ability of a test compound to modulate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 binding to a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrate in a complex. For example, compounds (e.g., 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrates) can be labeled with 125 I, 35 S, 1 C, or 3 H, either directly or indirectly, and the radioisotope detected by direct counting of radioemmission or by scintillation counting. Alternatively, compounds can be enzymatically labeled with, for example, horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, or luciferase, and the enzymatic label detected by determination of conversion of an appropriate substrate to product. The ability of a compound (e.g., a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrate) to interact with 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 with or without the labeling of any of the interactants can be evaluated. For example, a microphysiometer can be used to detect the interaction of a compound with 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 without the labeling of either the compound or the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. McConnell, H. M. et al, (1992) Science 257:1906-1912. As used herein, a "microphysiometer" (e.g., Cytosensor) is an analytical instrument that measures the rate at which a cell acidifies its environment using a light-addressable potentiometric sensor (LAPS). Changes in this acidification rate can be used as an indicator of the interaction between a compound and 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. In yet another embodiment, a cell-free assay is provided in which a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or biologically active portion thereof is contacted with a test compound and the ability of the test compound to bind to the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or biologically active portion thereof is evaluated. Prefened biologically active portions of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins to be used in assays of the present invention include fragments which participate in interactions with non-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 molecules, e.g., fragments with high surface probability scores. Soluble and/or membrane-bound forms of isolated proteins (e.g., 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins or biologically active portions thereof) can be used in the cell-free assays of the invention. When membrane-bound forms of the protein are used, it may be desirable to utilize a solubilizing agent. Examples of such solubilizing agents include non-ionic detergents such as n-octylglucoside, n-dodecylglucoside, n- dodecylmaltoside, octanoyl-N-methylglucamide, decanoyl-N-methylglucamide, Triton® X-100, Triton® X-l 14, Thesit®, Isotridecypoly(ethylene glycol ether) n , 3-[(3- cholamidopropyl)dimethylamminio]-l -propane sulfonate (CHAPS), 3-[(3- cholamidopropyl)dimethylammimo]-2-hydroxy-l -propane sulfonate (CHAPSO), or N- dodecyl-N,N-dimethyl-3-ammomo-l -propane sulfonate. Cell-free assays involve preparing a reaction mixture of the target gene protein and the test compound under conditions and for a time sufficient to allow the two components to interact and bind, thus forming a complex that can be removed and/or detected. In one embodiment, assays are performed where the ability of an agent to block transferase activity within a cell is evaluated. The interaction between two molecules can also be detected, e.g., using fluorescence energy transfer (FET) (see, for example, Lakowicz et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,631,169; Stavrianopoulos, et al., U.S. Patent No. 4,868,103). A fluorophore label on the first, 'donor' molecule is selected such that its emitted fluorescent energy will be absorbed by a fluorescent label on a second, 'acceptor' molecule, which in turn is able to fluoresce due to the absorbed energy. Alternately, the 'donor' protein molecule may simply utilize the natural fluorescent energy of tryptophan residues. Labels are chosen that emit different wavelengths of light, such that the 'acceptor' molecule label may be differentiated from that of the 'donor' . Since the efficiency of energy transfer between the labels is related to the distance separating the molecules, the spatial relationship between the molecules can be assessed. In a situation in which binding occurs between the molecules, the fluorescent emission of the 'acceptor' molecule label in the assay should be maximal. An FET binding event can be conveniently measured through standard fluorometric detection means well known in the art (e.g., using a fluorimeter). In another embodiment, determining the ability of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein to bind to a target molecule can be accomplished using real-time Biomolecular interaction Analysis (BIA) (see, e.g., Sjolander, S. and Urbaniczky, C, (1991) Anal. Chem. 63:2338-2345 and Szabo et al., (1995) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 5:699- 705). "Surface plasmon resonance" or "BIA" detects biospecific interactions in real time, without labeling any of the interactants (e.g., BIAcore). Changes in the mass at the binding surface (indicative of a binding event) result in alterations of the refractive index of light near the surface (the optical phenomenon of surface plasmon resonance (SPR)), resulting in a detectable signal which can be used as an indication of real-time reactions between biological molecules. In one embodiment, the target gene product or the test substance is anchored onto a solid phase. The target gene product/test compound complexes anchored on the solid phase can be detected at the end of the reaction. Preferably, the target gene product can be anchored onto a solid surface, and the test compound, (which is not anchored), can be labeled, either directly or indirectly, with detectable labels discussed herein. It maybe desirable to immobilize either 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764, an anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 antibody or its target molecule to facilitate separation of complexed from uncomplexed forms of one or both of the proteins, as well as to accommodate automation of the assay. Binding of a test compound to a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, or interaction of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein with a target molecule in the presence and absence of a candidate compound, can be accomplished in any vessel suitable for containing the reactants. Examples of such vessels include microtiter plates, test tubes, and micro-centrifuge tubes. In one embodiment, a fusion protein can be provided which adds a domain that allows one or both of the proteins to be bound to a matrix. For example, glutathione-S-transferase/26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 fusion proteins or glutathione-S-transferase/target fusion proteins can be adsorbed onto glutathione sepharose beads (Sigma Chemical, St. Louis, MO) or glutathione derivatized microtiter plates, which are then combined with the test compound or the test compound and either the non-adsorbed target protein or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, and the mixture incubated under conditions conducive to complex formation (e.g., at physiological conditions for salt and pH). Following incubation, the beads or microtiter plate wells are washed to remove any unbound components, the matrix immobilized in the case of beads, complex determined either directly or indirectly, for example, as described above. Alternatively, the complexes can be dissociated from the matrix, and the level of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 binding or activity determined using standard techniques. Other techniques for immobilizing either a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or a target molecule on matrices include using conjugation of biotin and streptavidin. Biotinylated 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or target molecules can be prepared from biotin-NHS (N-hydroxy-succinimide) using techniques known in the art (e.g., biotinylation kit, Pierce Chemicals, Rockford, IL), and immobilized in the wells of streptavidin-coated 96 well plates (Pierce Chemical). In order to conduct the assay, the non-immobilized component is added to the coated surface containing the anchored component. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) under conditions such that any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. The detection of complexes anchored on the solid surface can be accomplished in a number of ways. Where the previously non-immobilized component is pre-labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the previously non-immobilized component is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the immobilized component (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody). In one embodiment, this assay is performed utilizing antibodies reactive with 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or target molecules but which do not interfere with binding of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein to its target molecule. Such antibodies can be derivatized to the wells of the plate, and unbound target or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein trapped in the wells by antibody conjugation. Methods for detecting such complexes, in addition to those described above for the GST-immobilized complexes, include immunodetection of complexes using antibodies reactive with the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or target molecule, as well as enzyme-linked assays which rely on detecting an enzymatic activity associated with the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or target molecule. Alternatively, cell free assays can be conducted in a liquid phase. In such an assay, the reaction products are separated from unreacted components, by any of a number of standard techniques, including but not limited to: differential centrifugation (see, for example, Rivas, G., and Minton, A.P., Trends Biochem Sci 1993 Aug;18(8):284-7); chromatography (gel filtration chromatography, ion-exchange chromatography); electrophoresis (see, e.g., Ausubel, F. et al., eds. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology 1999, J. Wiley: New York.); and immunoprecipitation (see, for example, Ausubel, F. et al., eds. Cunent Protocols in Molecular Biology 1999, J. Wiley: New York). Such resins and chromatographic techniques are known to one skilled in the art (see, e.g., Heegaard, N.H., J Mol. Recognit. 1998 Winter; 11 (1-6): 141-8; Hage, D.S., and Tweed, S.A., J. Chromatogr. B Biomed. Sci. Appl. 1997 Oct 10;699(l-2):499-525). Further, fluorescence energy transfer may also be conveniently utilized, as described herein, to detect binding without further purification of the complex from solution. In a prefened embodiment, the assay includes contacting the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or biologically active portion thereof with a known compound which binds 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 to form an assay mixture, contacting the assay mixture with a test compound, and determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, wherein determining the ability of the test compound to interact with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein includes determining the ability of the test compound to preferentially bind to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 or biologically active portion thereof, or to modulate the activity of a target molecule, as compared to the known compound. The target gene products of the invention can, in vivo, interact with one or more cellular or extracellular macromolecules, such as proteins. For the purposes of this discussion, such cellular and extracellular macromolecules are refened to herein as "binding partners." Compounds that disrupt such interactions can be useful in regulating the activity of the target gene product. Such compounds can include, but are not limited to molecules such as antibodies, peptides, and small molecules. The prefened target genes/products for use in this embodiment are the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 genes herein identified. In an alternative embodiment, the invention provides methods for determining the ability of the test compound to modulate the activity of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein through modulation of the activity of a downstream effector of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 target molecule. For example, the activity of the effector molecule on an appropriate target can be determined, or the binding of the effector to an appropriate target can be determined, as previously described. To identify compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene product and its cellular or extracellular binding partner(s), e.g., a substrate, a reaction mixture containing the target gene product and the binding partner is prepared, under conditions and for a time sufficient, to allow the two products to form complex. In order to test an inhibitory agent, the reaction mixture is provided in the presence and absence of the test compound. The test compound can be initially included in the reaction mixture, or can be added at a time subsequent to the addition of the target gene and its cellular or extracellular binding partner. Control reaction mixtures are incubated without the test compound or with a placebo. The formation of any complexes between the target gene product and the cellular or extracellular binding partner is then detected. The formation of a complex in the control reaction, but not in the reaction mixture containing the test compound, indicates that the compound interferes with the interaction of the target gene product and the interactive binding partner. Additionally, complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and normal target gene product can also be compared to complex formation within reaction mixtures containing the test compound and mutant target gene product. This comparison can be important in those cases wherein it is desirable to identify compounds that disrupt interactions of mutant but not normal target gene products. These assays can be conducted in a heterogeneous or homogeneous format. Heterogeneous assays involve anchoring either the target gene product or the binding partner onto a solid phase, and detecting complexes anchored on the solid phase at the end of the reaction. In homogeneous assays, the entire reaction is carried out in a liquid phase. In either approach, the order of addition of reactants can be varied to obtain different information about the compounds being tested. For example, test compounds that interfere with the interaction between the target gene products and the binding partners, e.g., by competition, can be identified by conducting the reaction in the presence of the test substance. Alternatively, test compounds that disrupt preformed complexes, e.g., compounds with higher binding constants that displace one of the components from the complex, can be tested by adding the test compound to the reaction mixture after complexes have been formed. The various formats are briefly described below. In a heterogeneous assay system, either the target gene product or the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner, is anchored onto a solid surface (e.g., a microtiter plate), while the non-anchored species is labeled, either directly or indirectly. The anchored species can be immobilized by non-covalent or covalent attachments. Alternatively, an immobilized antibody specific for the species to be anchored can be used to anchor the species to the solid surface. In order to conduct the assay, the partner of the immobilized species is exposed to the coated surface with or without the test compound. After the reaction is complete, unreacted components are removed (e.g., by washing) and any complexes formed will remain immobilized on the solid surface. Where the non-immobilized species is pre- labeled, the detection of label immobilized on the surface indicates that complexes were formed. Where the non-immobilized species is not pre-labeled, an indirect label can be used to detect complexes anchored on the surface; e.g., using a labeled antibody specific for the initially non-immobilized species (the antibody, in turn, can be directly labeled or indirectly labeled with, e.g., a labeled anti-Ig antibody). Depending upon the order of addition of reaction components, test compounds that inhibit complex formation or that disrupt preformed complexes can be detected. Alternatively, the reaction can be conducted in a liquid phase in the presence or absence of the test compound, the reaction products separated from unreacted components, and complexes detected; e.g., using an immobilized antibody specific for one of the binding components to anchor any complexes formed in solution, and a labeled antibody specific for the other partner to detect anchored complexes. Again, depending upon the order of addition of reactants to the liquid phase, test compounds that inhibit complex or that disrupt preformed complexes can be identified. In an alternate embodiment of the invention, a homogeneous assay can be used. For example, a preformed complex of the target gene product and the interactive cellular or extracellular binding partner product is prepared in that either the target gene products or their binding partners are labeled, but the signal generated by the label is quenched due to complex formation (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 4,109,496 that utilizes this approach for immunoassays). The addition of a test substance that competes with and displaces one of the species from the preformed complex will result in the generation of a signal above background. In this way, test substances that disrupt target gene product-binding partner interaction can be identified. In yet another aspect, the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins can be used as "bait proteins" in a two-hybrid assay or three-hybrid assay (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,283,317; Zervos et al., (1993) Cell 72:223-232; Madura et al., (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:12046-12054; Bartel et al, (1993) Biotechniques 14:920-924; ϊwabuchi et al., (1993) Oncogene 8:1693-1696; and Brent WO94/10300), to identify other proteins, which bind to or interact with 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 ("26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-binding proteins" or "26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-bp") and are involved in 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity. Such 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-bps can be activators or inhibitors of signals by the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 proteins or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 targets as, for example, downstream elements of a 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-mediated signaling pathway. The two-hybrid system is based on the modular nature of most transcription factors, which consist of separable DNA-binding and activation domains. Briefly, the assay utilizes two different DNA constructs. In one construct, the gene that codes for a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein is fused to a gene encoding the DNA binding domain of a known transcription factor (e.g., GAL-4). In the other construct, a DNA sequence, from a library of DNA sequences, that encodes an unidentified protein ("prey" or "sample") is fused to a gene that codes for the activation domain of the known transcription factor. (Alternatively the: 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein can be the fused to the activator domain.) If the "bait" and the "prey" proteins are able to interact, in vivo, forming a 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-dependent complex, the DNA-binding and activation domains of the transcription factor are brought into close proximity. This proximity allows transcription of a reporter gene (e.g., LacZ) which is operably linked to a transcriptional regulatory site responsive to the transcription factor. Expression of the reporter gene can be detected and cell colonies containing the functional transcription factor can be isolated and used to obtain the cloned gene which encodes the protein which interacts with the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. In another embodiment, modulators of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression are identified. For example, a cell or cell free mixture is contacted with a candidate compound and the expression of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA or protein evaluated relative to the level of expression of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA or protein in the absence of the candidate compound. When expression of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA or protein is greater in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as a stimulator of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA or protein expression. Alternatively, when expression of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA or protein is less (statistically significantly less) in the presence of the candidate compound than in its absence, the candidate compound is identified as an inhibitor of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA or protein expression. The level of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA or protein expression can be determined by methods described herein for detecting 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA or protein. In another aspect, the invention pertains to a combination of two or more of the assays described herein. For example, a modulating agent can be identified using a cell- based or a cell free assay, and the ability of the agent to modulate the activity of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein can be confirmed in vivo, e.g., in an animal. This invention further pertains to novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays. Accordingly, it is within the scope of this invention to further use an agent identified as described herein (e.g., a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 modulating agent, an antisense 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecule, a 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-specific antibody, or a 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-binding partner) in an appropriate animal model to determine the efficacy, toxicity, side effects, or mechanism of action, of treatment with such an agent. Furthermore, novel agents identified by the above-described screening assays can be used for treatments as described herein. Detection Assays Portions or fragments of the nucleic acid sequences identified herein can be used as polynucleotide reagents. For example, these sequences can be used to: (i) map their respective genes on a chromosome e.g., to locate gene regions associated with genetic disease or to associate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 with a disease; (ii) identify an individual from a minute biological sample (tissue typing); and (iii) aid in forensic identification of a biological sample. These applications are described in the subsections below. Chromosome Mapping The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleotide sequences or portions thereof can be used to map the location of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 genes on a chromosome. This process is called chromosome mapping. Chromosome mapping is useful in conelating the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 sequences with genes associated with disease. Briefly, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 genes can be mapped to chromosomes by preparing PCR primers (preferably 15-25 bp in length) from the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleotide sequences. These primers can then be used for PCR screening 1 of somatic cell hybrids containing individual human chromosomes. Only those hybrids containing the human gene conesponding to the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 sequences will yield an amplified fragment. A panel of somatic cell hybrids in which each cell line contains either a single 5 human chromosome or a small number of human chromosomes, and a full set of mouse chromosomes, can allow easy mapping of individual genes to specific human chromosomes. (D'Eustachio P. et al, (1983) Science 220:919-924). Other mapping strategies e.g., in situ hybridization (described in Fan, Y. et al., (1990) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 87:6223-27), pre-screening with labeled flow-sorted 10 chromosomes, and pre-selection by hybridization to chromosome specific cDNA libraries can be used to map 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 to a chromosomal location. Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) of a DNA sequence to a metaphase chromosomal spread can further be used to provide a precise chromosomal location in one 15 step. The FISH technique can be used with a DNA sequence as short as 500 or 600 bases. However, clones larger than 1,000 bases have a higher likelihood of binding to a unique chromosomal location with sufficient signal intensity for simple detection. Preferably 1,000 bases, and more preferably 2,000 bases will suffice to get good results at a reasonable amount of time. For a review of this technique, see Verma et al., Human Chromosomes: A 20 Manual of Basic Techniques (Pergamon Press, New York 1988). Reagents for chromosome mapping can be used individually to mark a single chromosome or a single site on that chromosome, or panels of reagents can be used for marking multiple sites and/or multiple chromosomes. Reagents conesponding to noncoding regions of the genes actually are prefened for mapping purposes. Coding 25. sequences are more likely to be conserved within gene families, thus increasing the chance of cross hybridizations during chromosomal mapping. Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be conelated with genetic map data. (Such data are found, for example, in V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance in Man, 30 available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library). The relationship between a gene and a disease, mapped to the same chromosomal region, can then be identified through linkage analysis (co-inheritance of physically adjacent genes), described in, for example, Egeland, J. et al., (1987) Nature, 325:783-787. Moreover, differences in the DNA sequences between individuals affected and unaffected with a disease associated with the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, can be determined. If a mutation is observed in some or all of the affected individuals but not in any unaffected individuals, then the mutation is likely to be the causative agent of the particular disease. Comparison of affected and unaffected individuals generally involves first looking for structural alterations in the chromosomes, such as deletions or translocations that are visible from chromosome spreads or detectable using PCR based on that DNA sequence. Ultimately, complete sequencing of genes from several individuals can be performed to confirm the presence of a mutation and to distinguish mutations from polymorphisms. Tissue Typing 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 sequences can be used to identify individuals from biological samples using, e.g., restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP). In this technique, an individual's genomic DNA is digested with one or more restriction enzymes, the fragments separated, e.g., in a Southern blot, and probed to yield bands for identification. The sequences of the present invention are useful as additional DNA markers for RFLP (described in U.S. Patent 5,272,057). Furthermore, the sequences of the present invention can also be used to determine the actual base-by-base DNA sequence of selected portions of an individual's genome. Thus, the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleotide sequences described herein can be used to prepare two PCR primers from the 5' and 3' ends of the sequences. These primers can then be used to amplify an individual's DNA and subsequently sequence it. Panels of conesponding DNA sequences from individuals, prepared in this manner, can provide unique individual identifications, as each individual will have a unique set of such DNA sequences due to allelic differences. Allelic variation occurs to some degree in the coding regions of these sequences, and to a greater degree in the noncoding regions. Each of the sequences described herein can, to some degree, be used as a standard against which DNA from an individual can be compared for identification purposes. Because greater numbers of polymorphisms occur in the noncoding regions, fewer sequences are necessary to differentiate individuals. The noncoding sequences of SEQ TD NO:l, SEQ TD NO:4, SEQ TD NO:7, SEQ ED NO: 10, SEQ ED NO: 13, or SEQ ED NO: 16 can provide positive individual identification with a panel of perhaps 10 to 1,000 primers which each yield a noncoding amplified sequence of 100 bases. If predicted coding sequences, such as those in SEQ ED NO:3, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ TD NO: 12, SEQ TD NO: 15, or SEQ TD NO: 18 are used, a more appropriate number of primers for positive individual identification would be 500-2,000. If a panel of reagents from 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleotide sequences described herein is used to generate a unique identification database for an individual, those same reagents can later be used to identify tissue from that individual. Using the unique identification database, positive identification of the individual, living or dead, can be made from extremely small tissue samples. Use of Partial 26199. 33530. 33949. 47148. 50226. and 58764 Sequences in Forensic Biology DNA-based identification techniques can also be used in forensic biology. To make such an identification, PCR technology can be used to amplify DNA sequences taken from very small biological samples such as tissues, e.g., hair or skin, or body fluids, e.g., blood, saliva, or semen found at a crime scene. The amplified sequence can then be compared to a standard, thereby allowing identification of the origin of the biological sample. The sequences of the present invention can be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., PCR primers, targeted to specific loci in the human genome, which can enhance the reliability of DNA-based forensic identifications by, for example, providing another "identification marker" (i.e. another DNA sequence that is unique to a particular individual). As mentioned above, actual base sequence information can be used for identification as an accurate alternative to patterns formed by restriction enzyme generated fragments. Sequences targeted to noncoding regions of SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO: 10, SEQ ED NO:13, or SEQ ID NO:16 (e.g., fragments derived from the noncoding regions of SEQ DD NO:l, SEQ DD NO:4, SEQ DD NO:7, SEQ TD NO:10, SEQ DD NO : 13 , or SEQ TD NO : 16 having a length of at least 20 bases, preferably at least 30 bases) are particularly appropriate for this use. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleotide sequences described herein can further be used to provide polynucleotide reagents, e.g., labeled or labelable probes which can be used in, for example, an in situ hybridization technique, to identify a specific tissue, e.g., a tissue containing transferase activity. This can be very useful in cases where a forensic pathologist is presented with a tissue of unknown origin. Panels of such 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 probes can be used to identify tissue by species and/or by organ type. In a similar fashion, these reagents, e.g., 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 primers or probes can be used to screen tissue culture for contamination (i.e. screen for the presence of a mixture of different types of cells in a culture). Predictive Medicine The present invention also pertains to the field of predictive medicine in which diagnostic assays, prognostic assays, and monitoring clinical trials are used for prognostic (predictive) purposes to thereby treat an individual. Generally, the invention provides, a method of determimng if a subject is at risk for a disorder related to a lesion in or the misexpression of a gene which encodes 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. Such disorders include, e.g., a disorder associated with the misexpression of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764, or lipid metabolism related disorder. The method includes one or more of the following: detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which affects the expression of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, or detecting the presence or absence of a mutation in a region which controls the expression of the gene, e.g., a mutation in the 5' control region; detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the presence or absence of a mutation which alters the structure of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene; detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, at the mRNA level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a mRNA ; detecting, in a tissue of the subject, the misexpression of the gene, at the protein level, e.g., detecting a non-wild type level of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide. In prefened embodiments the method includes: ascertaining the existence of at least one of: a deletion of one or more nucleotides from the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene; an insertion of one or more nucleotides into the gene, a point mutation, e.g., a substitution of one or more nucleotides of the gene, a gross chromosomal reanangement of the gene, e.g., a translocation, inversion, or deletion. For example, detecting the genetic lesion can include: (i) providing a probe/primer including an oligonucleotide containing a region of nucleotide sequence which hybridizes to a sense or antisense sequence from SEQ TD NO:l, SEQ TD NO:4, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ DO NO: 10, SEQ DD NO: 13, or SEQ DO NO: 16 naturally occurring mutants thereof or 5' or 3' flanking sequences naturally associated with the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene; (ii) exposing the probe/primer to nucleic acid of the tissue; and detecting, by hybridization, e.g., in situ hybridization, of the probe/primer to the nucleic acid, the presence or absence of the genetic lesion. In prefened embodiments detecting the misexpression includes ascertaining the existence of at least one of: an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene; the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of the gene; or a non-wild type level of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. Methods of the invention can be used prenatally or to determine if a subject's offspring will be at risk for a disorder. In prefened embodiments the method includes determining the structure of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, an abnormal structure being indicative of risk for the disorder. In prefened embodiments the method includes contacting a sample form the subject with an antibody to the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or a nucleic acid, which hybridizes specifically with the gene. These and other embodiments are discussed below. Diagnostic and Prognostic Assays The presence, level, or absence of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or nucleic acid in a biological sample can be evaluated by obtaining a biological sample from a test subject and contacting the biological sample with a compound or an agent capable of detecting 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA, genomic DNA) that encodes 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein such that the presence of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or nucleic acid is detected in the biological sample. The term "biological sample" includes tissues, cells and biological fluids isolated from a subject, as well as tissues, cells and fluids present within a subject. A prefened biological sample is serum. The level of expression of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene can be measured in a number of ways, including, but not limited to: measuring the mRNA encoded by the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 genes; measuring the amount of protein encoded by the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 genes; or measuring the activity of the protein encoded by the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 genes. The level of mRNA conesponding to the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene in a cell can be determined both by in situ and by in vitro formats. The isolated mRNA can be used in hybridization or amplification assays that include, but are not limited to, Southern or Northern analyses, polymerase chain reaction analyses and probe anays. One prefened diagnostic method for the detection of mRNA levels involves contacting the isolated mRNA with a nucleic acid molecule (probe) that can hybridize to the mRNA encoded by the gene being detected. The nucleic acid probe can be, for example, a full-length 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid, such as the nucleic acid of SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO: 10, SEQ ED NO:13, or SEQ D NO:16, or the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number , or a portion thereof, such as an oligonucleotide of at least 7, 15, 30, 50, 100, 250 or 500 nucleotides in length and sufficient to specifically hybridize under stringent conditions to 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA or genomic DNA. Other suitable probes for use in the diagnostic assays are described herein. In one format, mRNA (or cDNA) is immobilized on a surface and contacted with the probes, for example by running the isolated mRNA on an agarose gel and transferring the mRNA from the gel to a membrane, such as nitrocellulose. In an alternative format, the probes are immobilized on a surface and the mRNA (or cDNA) is contacted with the probes, for example, in a two-dimensional gene chip anay. A skilled artisan can adapt known mRNA detection methods for use in detecting the level of mRNA encoded by the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 genes. The level of mRNA in a sample that is encoded by one of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 can be evaluated with nucleic acid amplification, e.g., by rtPCR (Mullis, 1987, U.S. Patent No. 4,683,202), ligase chain reaction (Barany, 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:189-193), self sustained sequence replication (Guatelli et al., 1990, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87:1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (Kwoh et al., 1989, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:1173-1177), Q-Beta Replicase (Lizardi et al., 1988, Bio/Technology 6:1197), rolling circle replication (Lizardi et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,854,033) or any other nucleic acid amplification method, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques known in the art. As used herein, amplification primers are defined as being a pair of nucleic acid molecules that can anneal to 5' or 3' regions of a gene (plus and minus strands, respectively, or vice- versa) and contain a short region in between. In general, amplification primers are from about 10 to 30 nucleotides in length and flank a region from about 50 to 200 nucleotides in length. Under appropriate conditions and with appropriate reagents, such primers permit the amplification of a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence flanked by the primers. For in situ methods, a cell or tissue sample can be prepared/processed and immobilized on a support, typically a glass slide, and then contacted with a probe that can hybridize to mRNA that encodes the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene being analyzed. In another embodiment, the methods further contacting a control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA, or genomic DNA, and comparing the presence of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA or genomic DNA in the control sample with the presence of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA or genomic DNA in the test sample. A variety of methods can be used to determine the level of protein encoded by 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. In general, these methods include contacting an agent that selectively binds to the protein, such as an antibody with a sample, to evaluate the level of protein in the sample. In a prefened embodiment, the antibody bears a detectable label. Antibodies can be polyclonal, or more preferably, monoclonal. An intact antibody, or a fragment thereof (e.g., Fab or F(ab')2) can be used. The term "labeled", with regard to the probe or antibody, is intended to encompass direct labeling of the probe or antibody by coupling (i.e., physically linking) a detectable substance to the probe or antibody, as well as indirect labeling of the probe or antibody by reactivity with a detectable substance. Examples of detectable substances are provided herein. The detection methods can be used to detect 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein in a biological sample in vitro as well as in vivo. In vitro techniques for detection of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein include enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunoprecipitations, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassay (EIA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), and Western blot analysis. In vivo . techniques for detection of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein include introducing into a subject a labeled anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 antibody. For example, the antibody can be labeled with a radioactive marker whose presence and location in a subject can be detected by standard imaging techniques. In another embodiment, the methods further include contacting the control sample with a compound or agent capable of detecting 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein, and comparing the presence of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein in the control sample with the presence of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein in the test sample. The invention also includes kits for detecting the presence of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 in a biological sample. For example, the kit can include a compound or agent capable of detecting 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or mRNA in a biological sample; and a standard. The compound or agent can be packaged in a suitable container. The kit can further comprise instructions for using the kit to detect 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or nucleic acid. For antibody-based kits, the kit can include: (1) a first antibody (e.g., attached to a solid support) which binds to a polypeptide conesponding to a marker of the invention; and, optionally, (2) a second, different antibody which binds to either the polypeptide or the first antibody and is conjugated to a detectable agent. For oligonucleotide-based kits, the kit can include: (1) an oligonucleotide, e.g., a detectably labeled oligonucleotide, which hybridizes to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide conesponding to a marker of the invention or (2) a pair of primers useful for amplifying a nucleic acid molecule conesponding to a marker of the invention. The kit can also includes a buffering agent, a preservative, or a protein-stabilizing agent. The kit can also includes components necessary for detecting the detectable agent (e.g., an enzyme or a substrate). The kit can also contain a control sample or a series of control samples which can be assayed and compared to the test sample contained. Each component of the kit can be enclosed within an individual container and all of the various containers can be within a single package, along with instructions for interpreting the results of the assays performed using the kit. The diagnostic methods described herein can identify subjects having, or at risk of developing, a disease or disorder associated with misexpressed or abenant or unwanted 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or activity. As used herein, the term "unwanted" includes an unwanted phenomenon involved in a biological response such as pain or deregulated cell proliferation. In one embodiment, a disease or disorder associated with abenant or unwanted 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or activity is identified. A test sample is obtained from a subject and 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA or genomic DNA) is evaluated, wherein the level, e.g., the presence or absence, of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or nucleic acid is diagnostic for a subject having or at risk of developing a disease or disorder associated with abenant or unwanted 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or activity. As used herein, a "test sample" refers to a biological sample obtained from a subject of interest, including a biological fluid (e.g., serum), cell sample, or tissue. The prognostic assays described herein can be used to determine whether a subject can be administered an agent (e.g., an agonist, antagonist, peptidomimetic, protein, peptide, nucleic acid, small molecule, or other drug candidate) to treat a disease or disorder associated with abenant or unwanted 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or activity. For example, such methods can be used to determine whether a subject can be effectively treated with an agent for a cellular growth related disorder. The methods of the invention can also be used to detect genetic alterations in a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, thereby determining if a subject with the altered gene is at risk for a disorder characterized by misregulation in 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein activity or nucleic acid expression, such as a cellular growth related disorder. In prefened embodiments, the methods include detecting, in a sample from the subject, the presence or absence of a genetic alteration characterized by at least one of an alteration affecting the integrity of a gene encoding a 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-protein, or the mis-expression of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene. For example, such genetic alterations can be detected by ascertaining the existence of at least one of 1) a deletion of one or more nucleotides from a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene; 2) an addition of one or more nucleotides to a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene; 3) a substitution of one or more nucleotides of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, 4) a chromosomal rearrangement of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene; 5) an alteration in the level of a messenger RNA transcript of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, 6) abenant modification of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, such as of the methylation pattern of the genomic DNA, 7) the presence of a non-wild type splicing pattern of a messenger RNA transcript of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, 8) a non-wild type level of a 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-protein, 9) allelic loss of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, and 10) inappropriate post-translational modification of a 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-protein. An alteration can be detected without a probe/primer in a polymerase chain reaction, such as anchor PCR or RACE PCR, or, alternatively, in a ligation chain reaction (LCR), the latter of which can be particularly useful for detecting point mutations in the 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-gene. This method can include the steps of collecting a sample of cells from a subject, isolating nucleic acid (e.g., genomic, mRNA or both) from the sample, contacting the nucleic acid sample with one or more primers which specifically hybridize to a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene under conditions such that hybridization and amplification of the 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-gene (if present) occurs, and detecting the presence or absence of an amplification product, or detecting the size of the amplification product and comparing the length to a control sample. It is anticipated that PCR and/or LCR may be desirable to use as a preliminary amplification step in conjunction with any of the techniques used for detecting mutations described herein. Alternative amplification methods include: self sustained sequence replication (Guatelli, J.C. et al., (1990) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 87: 1874-1878), transcriptional amplification system (Kwoh, D.Y. et al., (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:1173-1177), Q-Beta Replicase (Lizardi, P.M. et al., (1988) Bio-Technology 6:1197), or other nucleic acid amplification methods, followed by the detection of the amplified molecules using techniques known to those of skill in the art. In another embodiment, mutations in a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene from a sample cell can be identified by detecting alterations in restriction enzyme cleavage patterns. For example, sample and control DNA is isolated, amplified (optionally), digested with one or more restriction endonucleases, and fragment length sizes are determined, e.g., by gel electrophoresis and compared. Differences in fragment length sizes between sample and control DNA indicates mutations in the sample DNA. Moreover, the use of sequence specific ribozymes (see, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,498,531) can be used to score for the presence of specific mutations by development or loss of a ribozyme cleavage site. In other embodiments, genetic mutations in 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 can be identified by hybridizing a sample and control nucleic acids, e.g., DNA or RNA, two-dimensional anays, e.g., chip based anays. Such anays include a plurality of addresses, each of which is positionally distinguishable from the other. A different probe is located at each address of the plurality. The arrays can have a high density of addresses, e.g., can contain hundreds or thousands of oligonucleotides probes (Cronin, M.T. et al., (1996) Human Mutation 7: 244-255; Kozal, M.J. et al., (1996) Nature Medicine 2:753- 759). For example, genetic mutations in 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 can be identified in two dimensional arrays containing light-generated DNA probes as described in Cronin, M.T. et al., supra. Briefly, a first hybridization anay of probes can be used to scan through long stretches of DNA in a sample and control to identify base changes between the sequences by making linear anays of sequential overlapping probes. This step allows the identification of point mutations. This step is followed by a second hybridization anay that allows the characterization of specific mutations by using smaller, specialized probe anays complementary to all variants or mutations detected. Each mutation anay is composed of parallel probe sets, one complementary to the wild-type gene and the other complementary to the mutant gene. In yet another embodiment, any of a variety of sequencing reactions known in the art can be used to directly sequence the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene and detect mutations by comparing the sequence of the sample 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 with the conesponding wild-type (control) sequence. Automated sequencing procedures can be utilized when performing the diagnostic assays ((1995) Biotechniques 19:448), including sequencing by mass spectrometry. Other methods for detecting mutations in the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene include methods in which protection from cleavage agents is used to detect mismatched bases in RNA/RNA or RNA/DNA heteroduplexes (Myers et al., (1985) Science 230:1242; Cotton et al., (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:4397; Saleeba et al., (1992) Methods Enzymol. 217:286-295 . In still another embodiment, the mismatch cleavage reaction employs one or more proteins that recognize mismatched base pairs in double-stranded DNA (so called "DNA mismatch repair" enzymes) in defined systems for detecting and mapping point mutations in 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 cDNAs obtained from samples of cells. For example, the mutY enzyme of E. coli cleaves A at G/A mismatches and the thymidine DNA glycosylase from HeLa cells cleaves T at G/T mismatches (Hsu et al., (1994) Carcinogenesis 15:1651-1662; U.S. Patent No. 5,459,039). In other embodiments, alterations in electrophoretic mobility will be used to identify mutations in 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 genes. For example, single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) may be used to detect differences in electrophoretic mobility between mutant and wild type nucleic acids (Orita et al., (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA: 86:2166, see also Cotton, (1993) Mutat. Res. 285:125-144; and Hayashi, (1992) Genet. Anal. Tech. Appl. 9:73-79). Single-stranded DNA fragments of sample and control 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acids will be denatured and allowed to renature. The secondary structure of single-stranded nucleic acids varies according to sequence, the resulting alteration in electrophoretic mobility enables the detection of even a single base change. The DNA fragments may be labeled or detected with labeled probes. The sensitivity of the assay may be enhanced by using RNA (rather than DNA), in which the secondary structure is more sensitive to a change in sequence. In a prefened embodiment, the subject method utilizes heteroduplex analysis to separate double stranded heteroduplex molecules on the basis of changes in electrophoretic mobility (Keen et al., (1991) Trends Genet. 7:5). In yet another embodiment, the movement of mutant or wild-type fragments in polyacrylamide gels containing a gradient of denaturant is assayed using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis (DGGE) (Myers et al., (1985) Nature 313:495). When DGGE is used as the method of analysis, DNA will be modified to insure that it does not completely denature, for example by adding a GC clamp of approximately 40 bp of high- melting GC-rich DNA by PCR. h a further embodiment, a temperature gradient is used in place of a denaturing gradient to identify differences in the mobility of control and sample DNA (Rosenbaum and Reissner, (1987) Biophys. Chem. 265:12753V Examples of other techniques for detecting point mutations include, but are not limited to, selective oligonucleotide hybridization, selective amplification, or selective primer extension (Saiki et al., (1986) Nature 324:163); Saiki et al., (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:6230). Alternatively, allele specific amplification technology which depends on selective PCR amplification may be used in conjunction with the instant invention. Oligonucleotides used as primers for specific amplification may carry the mutation of interest in the center of the molecule (so that amplification depends on differential hybridization) (Gibbs et al., (1989) Nucleic Acids Res. 17:2437-2448) or at the extreme 3' end of one primer where, under appropriate conditions, mismatch can prevent, or reduce polymerase extension (Prossner, (1993) Tibtech ϋ:238). In addition it may be desirable to introduce a novel restriction site in the region of the mutation to create cleavage-based detection (Gasparmi et al., (1992) Mol. Cell Probes 6:1). It is anticipated that in certain embodiments amplification may also be performed using Taq ligase for amplification (Barany, (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 88:189). In such cases, ligation will occur only if there is a perfect match at the 3' end of the 5' sequence making it possible to detect the presence of a known mutation at a specific site by looking for the presence or absence of amplification. The methods described herein may be performed, for example, by utilizing prepackaged diagnostic kits comprising at least one probe nucleic acid or antibody reagent described herein, which may be conveniently used, e.g., in clinical settings to diagnose patients exhibiting symptoms or family history of a disease or illness involving a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene. Use of 26199. 33530. 33949. 47148. 50226. or 58764 Molecules as Sunogate Markers The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules of the invention are also useful as markers of disorders or disease states, as markers for precursors of disease states, as markers for predisposition of disease states, as markers of drug activity, or as markers of the pharmacogenomic profile of a subject. Using the methods described herein, the presence, absence and/or quantity of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules of the invention may be detected, and may be conelated with one or more biological states in vivo. For example, the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules of the invention may serve as sunogate markers for one or more disorders or disease states or for conditions leading up to disease states. As used herein, a "sunogate marker" is an objective biochemical marker which conelates with the absence or presence of a disease or disorder, or with the progression of a disease or disorder (e.g., with the presence or absence of a tumor). The presence or quantity of such markers is independent of the disease. Therefore, these markers may serve to indicate whether a particular course of treatment is effective in lessening a disease state or disorder. Sunogate markers are of particular use when the presence or extent of a disease state or disorder is difficult to assess through standard methodologies (e.g., early stage tumors), or when an assessment of disease progression is desired before a potentially dangerous clinical endpoint is reached (e.g., an assessment of cardiovascular disease may be made using cholesterol levels as a sunogate marker, and an analysis of HIV infection may be made using HIV RNA levels as a sunogate marker, well in advance of the undesirable clinical outcomes of myocardial infarction or fully-developed ADDS). Examples of the use of sunogate markers in the art include: Koomen et al (2000) J. Mass. Spectrom. 35: 258-264; and James (1994) AIDS Treatment News Archive 209. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacodynamic markers. As used herein, a "pharmacodynamic marker" is an objective biochemical marker which conelates specifically with drug effects. The presence or quantity of a pharmacodynamic marker is not related to the disease state or disorder for which the drug is being administered; therefore, the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the presence or activity of the drag in a subject. For example, a pharmacodynamic marker may be indicative of the concentration of the drag in a biological tissue, in that the marker is either expressed or transcribed or not expressed or transcribed in that tissue in relationship to the level of the drug. In this fashion, the distribution or uptake of the drug may be monitored by the pharmacodynamic marker. Similarly, the presence or quantity of the pharmacodynamic marker may be related to the presence or quantity of the metabolic product of a drag, such that the presence or quantity of the marker is indicative of the relative breakdown rate of the drug in vivo. Pharmacodynamic markers are of particular use in increasing the sensitivity of detection of drag effects, particularly when the drag is administered in low doses. Since even a small amount of a drug may be sufficient to activate multiple rounds of marker (e.g., a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 marker) transcription or expression, the amplified marker may be in a quantity which is more readily detectable than the drag itself. Also, the marker may be more easily detected due to the nature of the marker itself; for example, using the methods described herein, anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 antibodies maybe employed in an immune-based detection system for a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein marker, or 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-specific radiolabeled probes may be used to detect a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mRNA marker. Furthermore, the use of a pharmacodynamic marker may offer mechanism-based prediction of risk due to drug treatment beyond the range of possible direct observations. Examples of the use of pharmacodynamic markers in the art include: Matsuda et al. US 6,033,862; Hattis et al. (1991) Env. Health Perspect. 90: 229-238; Schentag (1999) Am. J. Health-Syst. Pharm. 56 Suppl. 3: S21-S24; and Nicolau (1999) Am, J. Health-Syst. Pharm. 56 Suppl. 3: S16-S20. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules of the invention are also useful as pharmacogenomic markers. As used herein, a "pharmacogenomic marker" is an objective biochemical marker which conelates with a specific clinical drug response or susceptibility in a subject (see, e.g., McLeod et al. (1999) Eur. J. Cancer 35(12): 1650- 1652). The presence or quantity of the pharmacogenomic marker is related to the predicted response of the subject to a specific drug or class of drags prior to admimstration of the drug. By assessing the presence or quantity of one or more pharmacogenomic markers in a subject, a drag therapy which is most appropriate for the subject, or which is predicted to have a greater degree of success, may be selected. For example, based on the presence or quantity of RNA, or protein (e.g., 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or RNA) for specific tumor markers in a subject, a drag or course of treatment may be selected that is optimized for the treatment of the specific tumor likely to be present in the subject. Similarly, the presence or absence of a specific sequence mutation in 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 DNA may conelate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 drug response. The use of pharmacogenomic markers therefore permits the application of the most appropriate treatment for each subject without having to administer the therapy. Pharmaceutical Compositions The nucleic acid and polypeptides, fragments thereof, as well as anti-26199, - 33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 antibodies (also refened to herein as "active compounds") of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions. Such compositions typically include the nucleic acid molecule, protein, or antibody and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As used herein the language "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. A pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL™ (BASF, Parsippany, NJ) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must bp sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin. Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the prefened methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof. Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules, e.g., gelatin capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring. For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer. Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal admimstration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art. The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery. In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially from Alza Corporation and Nova Phannaceuticals, Inc. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811. It is advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD 50 /ED50. Compounds which exhibit high therapeutic indices are prefened. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects. The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in • formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound which achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography. As defined herein, a therapeutically effective amount of protein or polypeptide (i.e., an effective dosage) ranges from about 0.001 to 30 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to 25 mg/kg body weight, more preferably about 0.1 to 20 mg/kg body weight, and even more preferably about 1 to 10 mg/kg, 2 to 9 mg/kg, 3 to 8 mg kg, 4 to 7 mg kg, or 5 to 6 mg/kg body weight. The protein or polypeptide can be administered one time per week for between about 1 to 10 weeks, preferably between 2 to 8 weeks, more preferably between about 3 to 7 weeks, and even more preferably for about 4, 5, or 6 weeks. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain factors may influence the dosage and timing required to effectively treat a subject, including but not limited to the severity of the disease or disorder, previous treatments, the general health and/or age of the subject, and other diseases present. Moreover, treatment of a subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a protein, polypeptide, or antibody can include a single treatment or, preferably, can include a series of treatments. For antibodies, the prefened dosage is 0.1 mg/kg of body weight (generally 10 mg/kg to 20 mg/kg). If the antibody is to act in the brain, a dosage of 50 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg is usually appropriate. Generally, partially human antibodies and fully human antibodies have a longer half-life within the human body than other antibodies. Accordingly, lower dosages and less frequent admimstration is often possible. Modifications such as lipidation can be used to stabilize antibodies and to enhance uptake and tissue penetration (e.g., into the brain). A method for lipidation of antibodies is described by Cruikshank et al., ((1997) J. Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes and Human Retrovirology 14:193). The present invention encompasses agents which modulate expression or activity. An agent may, for example, be a small molecule. For example, such small molecules include, but are not limited to, peptides, peptidomimetics (e.g., peptoids), amino acids, amino acid analogs, polynucleotides, polynucleotide analogs, nucleotides, nucleotide analogs, organic or inorganic compounds (i.e,. including heteroorganic and organometalhc compounds) having a molecular weight less than about 10,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 5,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 1,000 grams per mole, organic or inorganic compounds having a molecular weight less than about 500 grams per mole, and salts, esters, and other pharmaceutically acceptable forms of such compounds. Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about lmicrogram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram. It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses of a small molecule depend upon the potency of the small molecule with respect to the expression or activity to be modulated. When one or more of these small molecules is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human) in order to modulate expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid of the invention, a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, any drag combination, and the degree of expression or activity to be modulated. An antibody (or fragment thereof) may be conjugated to a therapeutic moiety such as a cytotoxin, a therapeutic agent or a radioactive metal ion. A cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any agent that is detrimental to cells. Examples include taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, tenoposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicin, doxorabicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxy anthracin dione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, and puromycin and analogs or homologs thereof. Therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thioepa chlorambucil, melphalan, carmustine (BSNU) and lomustine (CCNU), cyclothosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorabicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g., vincristine and vinblastine). The conjugates of the invention can be used for modifying a given biological response, the drug moiety is not to be constraed as limited to classical chemical therapeutic agents. For example, the drug moiety may be a protein or polypeptide possessing a desired biological activity. Such proteins may include, for example, a toxin such as abrin, ricin A, pseudomonas exotoxin, or diphtheria toxin; a protein such as tumor necrosis factor, .alpha. - interferon, .beta. -interferon, nerve growth factor, platelet derived growth factor, tissue plasminogen activator; or, biological response modifiers such as, for example, lymphokines, interleukin-1 ("IL-1"), interleukin-2 ("IL-2"), interleukin-6 ("IL-6"), granulocyte macrophase colony stimulating factor ("GM-CSF"), granulocyte colony stimulating factor ("G-CSF"), or other growth factors. Alternatively, an antibody can be conjugated to a second antibody to form an antibody heteroconjugate as described by Segal in U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980. The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can be inserted into vectors and used as gene therapy vectors. Gene therapy vectors can be delivered to a subject by, for example, intravenous injection, local administration (see U.S. Patent 5,328,470) or by stereotactic injection (see e.g., Chen et al, (1994) Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 91:3054-3057). The pharmaceutical preparation of the gene therapy vector can include the gene therapy vector in an acceptable diluent, or can comprise a slow release matrix in which the gene delivery vehicle is imbedded. Alternatively, where the complete gene delivery vector can be produced intact from recombinant cells, e.g., retroviral vectors, the pharmaceutical preparation can include one or more cells which produce the gene delivery system. The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser together with instructions for admimstration. Methods of Treatment: The present invention provides for both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treating a subject at risk of (or susceptible to) a disorder or having a disorder associated with abenant or unwanted 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or activity. With regards to both prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treatment, such treatments may be specifically tailored or modified, based on knowledge obtained from the field of pharmacogenomics. As used herein, the term "treatment" is defined as the application or administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient, or application or administration of a therapeutic agent to an isolated tissue or cell line from a patient, who has a disease, a symptom of disease or a predisposition toward a disease, with the purpose to cure, heal, alleviate, relieve, alter, remedy, ameliorate, improve or affect the disease, the symptoms of disease or the predisposition toward disease. A therapeutic agent includes, but is not limited to, small molecules, peptides, antibodies, ribozymes and antisense oligonucleotides. "Pharmacogenomics", as used herein, refers to the application of genomics technologies such as gene sequencing, statistical genetics, and gene expression analysis to drags in clinical development and on the market. More specifically, the term refers the study of how a patient's genes determine his or her response to a drag (e.g., a patient's "drag response phenotype", or "drag response genotype".) Thus, another aspect of the invention provides methods for tailoring an individual's prophylactic or therapeutic treatment with either the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules of the present invention or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 modulators according to that individual's drag response genotype. Pharmacogenomics allows a clinician or physician to target prophylactic or therapeutic treatments to patients who will most benefit from the treatment and to avoid treatment of patients who will experience toxic drag- related side effects. In one aspect, the invention provides a method for preventing in a subject, a disease or condition associated with an abenant or unwanted 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or activity, by administering to the subject a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 or an agent which modulates 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or at least one 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity. Subjects at risk for a disease which is caused or contributed to by abenant or unwanted 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or activity can be identified by, for example, any or a combination of diagnostic or prognostic assays as described herein. Administration of a prophylactic agent can occur prior to the manifestation of symptoms characteristic of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 abenance, such that a disease or disorder is prevented or, alternatively, delayed in its progression. Depending on the type of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 abenance, for example, a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 agonist or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 antagonist agent can be used for treating the subject. The appropriate agent can be determined based on screening assays described herein. It is possible that some 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 disorders can be caused, at least in part, by an abnormal level of gene product, or by the presence of a gene product exhibiting abnormal activity. As such, the reduction in the level and/or activity of such gene products would bring about the amelioration of disorder symptoms. As discussed, successful treatment of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 disorders can be brought about by techniques that serve to inhibit the expression or activity of target gene products. For example, compounds, e.g., an agent identified using an assays described above, that proves to exhibit negative modulatory activity, can be used in accordance with the invention to prevent and/or ameliorate symptoms of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 disorders. Such molecules can include, but are not limited to peptides, phosphopeptides, small organic or inorganic molecules, or antibodies (including, for example, polyclonal, monoclonal, humanized, anti-idiotypic, chimeric or single chain antibodies, and FAb, F(ab') and FAb expression library fragments, scFV molecules, and epitope-binding fragments thereof). Further, antisense and ribozyme molecules that inhibit expression of the target gene can also be used in accordance with the invention to reduce the level of target gene expression, thus effectively reducing the level of target gene activity. Still further, triple helix molecules can be utilized in reducing the level of target gene activity. Antisense, ribozyme and triple helix molecules are discussed above. It is possible that the use of antisense, ribozyme, and/or triple helix molecules to reduce or inhibit mutant gene expression can also reduce or inhibit the transcription (triple helix) and/or translation (antisense, ribozyme) of mRNA produced by normal target gene alleles, such that the concentration of normal target gene product present can be lower than is necessary for a normal phenotype. In such cases, nucleic acid molecules that encode and express target gene polypeptides exhibiting normal target gene activity can be introduced into cells via gene therapy method. Alternatively, in instances in that the target gene encodes an extracellular protein, it can be preferable to co-administer normal target gene protein into the cell or tissue in order to maintain the requisite level of cellular or tissue target gene activity. Another method by which nucleic acid molecules may be utilized in treating or preventing a disease characterized by 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression is through the use of aptamer molecules specific for 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Aptamers are nucleic acid molecules having a tertiary structure which permits them to specifically bind to protein ligands (see, e.g., Osborne, et al., Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 1997, 1(1): 5-9; and Patel, D.J., Curr. Opin. Chem. Biol. 1997 Jun;i(l):32-46). Since nucleic acid molecules may in many cases be more conveniently introduced into target cells than therapeutic protein molecules may be, aptamers offer a method by which 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein activity may be specifically decreased without the introduction of drags or other molecules which may have pluripotent effects. Antibodies can be generated that are both specific for target gene product and that reduce target gene product activity. Such antibodies may, therefore, by administered in instances whereby negative modulatory techniques are appropriate for the treatment of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 disorders. For a description of antibodies, see the Antibody section above. hi circumstances wherein inj ection of an animal or a human subj ect with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or epitope for stimulating antibody production is harmful to the subject, it is possible to generate an immune response against 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 through the use of anti-idiotypic antibodies (see, for example, Herlyn, D., Ann. Med. 1999;31(l):66-78; and Bhattacharya-Chatterjee, M., and Foon, K.A., Cancer Treat. Res. 1998;94:51-68). If an anti-idiotypic antibody is introduced into a mammal or human subject, it should stimulate the production of anti-anti- idiotypic antibodies, which should be specific to the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein. Vaccines directed to a disease characterized by 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression may also be generated in this fashion. In instances where the target antigen is intracellular and whole antibodies are used, internalizing antibodies may be prefened. Lipofectin or liposomes can be used to deliver the antibody or a fragment of the Fab region that binds to the target antigen into cells. Where fragments of the antibody are used, the smallest inhibitory fragment that binds to the target antigen is prefened. For example, peptides having an amino acid sequence conesponding to the Fv region of the antibody can be used. Alternatively, single chain neutralizing antibodies that bind to intracellular target antigens can also be administered. Such single chain antibodies can be administered, for example, by expressing nucleotide sequences encoding single-chain antibodies within the target cell population (see e.g., Marasco et al., (1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:7889-7893). The identified compounds that inhibit target gene expression, synthesis and/or activity can be 'admimstered to a patient at therapeutically effective doses to prevent, treat or ameliorate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 disorders. A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of the compound sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms of the disorders. Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such compounds can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD 50 /ED 50 . Compounds that exhibit large therapeutic indices are prefened. While compounds that exhibit toxic side effects can be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such compounds to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects. The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage can vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any compound used in the method of the invention, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose can be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50 (i.e., the concentration of the test compound that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma can be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography. Another example of determination of effective dose for an individual is the ability to directly assay levels of "free" and "bound" compound in the serum of the test subject. Such assays may utilize antibody mimics and/or "biosensors" that have been created through molecular imprinting techniques. The compound which is able to modulate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity is used as a template, or "imprinting molecule", to spatially organize polymerizable monomers prior to their polymerization with catalytic reagents. The subsequent removal of the imprinted molecule leaves a polymer matrix which contains a repeated "negative image" of the compound and is able to selectively rebind the molecule under biological assay conditions. A detailed review of this technique can be seen in Ansell, R. J. et al., (1996) Current Opinion in Biotechnology 7:89- 94 and in Shea, K.J., (1994) Trends in Polymer Science 2:166-173. Such "imprinted" affinity matrixes are amenable to ligand-binding assays, whereby the immobilized monoclonal antibody component is replaced by an appropriately imprinted matrix. An example of the use of such matrixes in this way can be seen in Vlatakis, G. et al, (1993) Nature 361:645-647. Through the use of isotope-labeling, the "free" concentration of compound which modulates the expression or activity of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 can be readily monitored and used in calculations of IC 5 o. Such "imprinted" affinity matrixes can also be designed to include fluorescent groups whose photon-emitting properties measurably change upon local and selective binding of target compound. These changes can be readily assayed in real time using appropriate fiberoptic devices, in turn allowing the dose in a test subject to be quickly optimized based on its individual IC 50 . A rudimentary example of such a "biosensor" is discussed in Kriz, D. et al., (1995) Analytical Chemistry 67:2142-2144. Another aspect of the invention pertains to methods of modulating 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or activity for therapeutic purposes. Accordingly, in an exemplary embodiment, the modulatory method of the invention involves contacting a cell with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 or agent that modulates one or more of the activities of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein activity associated with the cell. An agent that modulates 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein activity can be an agent as described herein, such as a nucleic acid or a protein, a natiirally-occurring target molecule of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein (e.g., a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 substrate or receptor), a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 antibody, a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 agonist or antagonist, a peptidomimetic of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 agonist or antagonist, or other small molecule. In one embodiment, the agent stimulates one or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activities. Examples of such stimulatory agents include active 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein and a nucleic acid molecule encoding 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. In another embodiment, the agent inhibits one or more 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activities. Examples of such inhibitory agents include antisense 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecules, anti-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 antibodies, and 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 inhibitors. These modulatory methods can be performed in vitro (e.g., by culturing the cell with the agent) or, alternatively, in vivo (e.g., by administering the agent to a subject). As such, the present invention provides methods of treating an individual afflicted with a disease or disorder characterized by abenant or unwanted expression or activity of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or nucleic acid molecule. In one embodiment, the method involves administering an agent (e.g., an agent identified by a screening assay described herein), or combination of agents that modulates (e.g., upregulates or downregulates) 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or activity. In another embodiment, the method involves administering a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein or nucleic acid molecule as therapy to compensate for reduced, abenant, or unwanted 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 expression or activity. Stimulation of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity is desirable in situations in which 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 is abnormally downregulated and/or in which increased 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. For example, stimulation of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity is desirable in situations in which a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 is dowmegulated and/or in which increased 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. Likewise, inhibition of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity is desirable in situations in which 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 is abnormally upregulated and/or in which decreased 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity is likely to have a beneficial effect. The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules can act as novel diagnostic targets and therapeutic agents for controlling one or more of cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders, and brain disorders, as described above, as well as disorders associated with bone metabolism, hematopoietic disorders, cardiovascular disorders and disorders relating to blood vessels, liver disorders, viral diseases, pain or metabolic disorders. Abenant expression and/or activity of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules may mediate disorders associated with bone metabolism. "Bone metabolism" refers to direct or indirect effects in the formation or degeneration of bone structures, e.g., bone formation, bone resorption, etc., which may ultimately affect the concentrations in serum of calcium and phosphate. This term also includes activities mediated by 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules effects in bone cells, e.g. osteoclasts and osteoblasts, that may in turn result in bone formation and degeneration. For example, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules may support different activities of bone resorbing osteoclasts such as the stimulation of differentiation of monocytes and mononuclear phagocytes into osteoclasts. Accordingly, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules that modulate the production of bone cells can influence bone formation and degeneration, and thus may be used to treat bone disorders. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteodystrophy, * osteomalacia, rickets, osteitis fibrosa cystica, renal osteodystrophy, osteosclerosis, anti- convulsant treatment, osteopenia, fibrogenesis-imperfecta ossium, secondary hyperparathyrodism, hypoparathyroidism, hyperparathyroidism, cinhosis, obstructive jaundice, drug induced metabolism, medullary carcinoma, chronic renal disease, rickets, sarcoidosis, glucocorticoid antagonism, malabsorption syndrome, steatonhea, tropical sprue, idiopathic hypercalcemia and milk fever. Examples of hematopoietic disorders include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases (including, for example, diabetes mellitus, arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis), multiple sclerosis, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, systemic lupus erythematosis, autoimmune thyroiditis, dermatitis (including atopic dermatitis and eczematous dermatitis), psoriasis, Sjδgren's Syndrome, Crohn's disease, aphthous ulcer, iritis, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis, ulcerative colitis, asthma, allergic asthma, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, vaginitis, proctitis, drug eruptions, leprosy reversal reactions, erythema nodosum leprosum, autoimmune uveitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, acute necrotizing hemonhagic encephalopathy, idiopathic bilateral progressive sensorineural hearing loss, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis, Wegener's granulomatosis, chronic active hepatitis, Stevens- Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, lichen planus, Graves' disease, sarcoidosis, primary biliary cinhosis, uveitis posterior, and interstitial lung fibrosis), graft-versus-host disease, cases of transplantation, and allergy such as, atopic allergy. Disorders involving the heart, include but are not limited to, heart failure, including but not limited to, cardiac hypertrophy, left-sided heart failure, and right-sided heart failure; ischemic heart disease, including but not limited to angina pectoris, myocardial infarction, chronic ischemic heart disease, and sudden cardiac death; hypertensive heart disease, including but not limited to, systemic (left-sided) hypertensive heart disease and pulmonary (right-sided) hypertensive heart disease; valvular heart disease, including but not limited to, valvular degeneration caused by calcification, such as calcific aortic stenosis, calcification of a congenitally bicuspid aortic valve, and mitral annular calcification, and myxomatous degeneration of the mitral valve (mitral valve prolapse), rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease, infective endocarditis, and noninfected vegetations, such as nonbacterial thrornbotic endocarditis and endocarditis of systemic lupus erythematosus (Libman-Sacks disease), carcinoid heart disease, and complications of artificial valves; myocardial disease, including but not limited to dilated cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, restrictive cardiomyopathy, and myocarditis; pericardial disease, including but not limited to, pericardial effusion and hemopericardium and pericarditis, including acute pericarditis and healed pericarditis, and rheumatoid heart disease; neoplastic heart disease, including but not limited to, primary cardiac tumors, such as myxoma, lipo a, papillary fibroelastoma, rhabdomyoma, and sarcoma, and cardiac effects of noncardiac neoplasms; congenital heart disease, including but not limited to, left-to-right shunts—late cyanosis, such as atrial septal defect, ventricular septal defect, patent ductus arteriosus, and atrioventricular septal defect, right-to-left shunts— early cyanosis, such as tetralogy of fallot, transposition of great arteries, trancus arteriosus, tricuspid atresia, and total anomalous pulmonary venous connection, obstructive congenital anomalies, such as coarctation of aorta, pulmonary stenosis and atresia, and aortic stenosis and atresia, and disorders involving cardiac transplantation. Disorders involving blood vessels include, but are not limited to, responses of vascular cell walls to injury, such as endothelial dysfunction and endothelial activation and intimal thickening; vascular diseases including, but not limited to, congenital anomalies, such as arteriovenous fistula, atherosclerosis, and hypertensive vascular disease, such as hypertension; inflammatory disease—the vasculitides, such as giant cell (temporal) arteritis, Takayasu arteritis, polyarteritis nodosa (classic), Kawasaki syndrome (mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome), microscopic polyanglitis (microscopic polyarteritis, hypersensitivity or leukocytoclastic anglitis), Wegener granulomatosis, thromboanglitis obliterans (Buerger disease), vasculitis associated with other disorders, and infectious arteritis; Raynaud disease; aneurysms and dissection, such as abdominal aortic aneurysms, syphilitic (luetic) aneurysms, and aortic dissection (dissecting hematoma); disorders of veins and lymphatics, such as varicose veins, thrombophlebitis and phlebothrombosis, obstruction of superior vena cava (superior vena cava syndrome), obstruction of inferior vena cava (inferior vena cava syndrome), and lymphangitis and lymphedema; tumors, including benign tumors and tumor-like conditions, such as hemangioma, lymphangioma, glomus tumor (glomangioma), vascular ectasias, and bacillary angiomatosis, and intermediate-grade (borderline low-grade malignant) tumors, such as Kaposi sarcoma and hemangloendothelioma, and malignant tumors, such as angiosarcoma and hemangiopericytoma; and pathology of therapeutic interventions in vascular disease, such as balloon angioplasty and related techniques and vascular replacement, such as coronary artery bypass graft surgery. Disorders which may be treated or diagnosed by methods described herein include, but are not limited to, disorders associated with an accumulation in the liver of fibrous tissue, such as that resulting from an imbalance between production and degradation of the extracellular matrix accompanied by the collapse and condensation of preexisting fibers. The methods described herein can be used to diagnose or treat hepatocellular necrosis or injury induced by a wide variety of agents including processes which disturb homeostasis, such as an inflammatory process, tissue damage resulting from toxic injury or altered hepatic blood flow, and infections (e.g., bacterial, viral and parasitic). For example, the methods can be used for the early detection of hepatic injury, such as portal hypertension or hepatic fibrosis. In addition, the methods can be employed to detect liver fibrosis attributed to inborn enors of metabolsim, for example, fibrosis resulting from a storage disorder such as Gaucher's disease (lipid abnormalities) or a glycogen storage disease, Al-antitrypsin deficiency; a disorder mediating the accumulation (e.g., storage) of an exogenous substance, for example, hemochromatosis (iron-overload syndrome) and copper storage diseases (Wilson's disease), disorders resulting in the accumulation of a toxic metabolite (e.g., tyrosinemia, fructosemia and galactosemia) and peroxisomal disorders (e.g., Zellweger syndrome). Additionally, the methods described herein may be useful for the early detection and treatment of liver injury associated with the administration of various chemicals or drags, such as for example, methotrexate, isonizaid, oxyphenisatin, methyldopa, chlorpromazine, tolbutamide or alcohol, or which represents a hepatic manifestation of a vascular disorder such as obstruction of either the intrahepatic or extrahepatic bile flow or an alteration in hepatic circulation resulting, for example, from chronic heart failure, veno-occlusive disease, portal vein thrombosis or Budd-Chiari syndrome. Additionally, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules may play an important role in the etiology of certain viral diseases, including but not limited to, Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C and Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV). Modulators of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity could be used to control viral diseases. The modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of viral infected tissue or virus- associated tissue fibrosis, especially liver and liver fibrosis. Also, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 modulators can be used in the treatment and/or diagnosis of virus- associated carcinoma, especially hepatocellular cancer. Additionally, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 may play an important role in the regulation of metabolism or pain disorders. Diseases of metabolic imbalance include, but are not limited to, obesity, anorexia nervosa, cachexia, lipid disorders, and diabetes. Examples of pain disorders include, but are not limited to, pain response elicited during various forms of tissue injury, e.g., inflammation, infection, and ischemia, usually refened to as hyperalgesia (described in, for example, Fields, H.L., (1987) Pain, New York:McGraw-Hill); pain associated with muscoloskeletal disorders, e.g., joint pain; tooth pain; headaches; pain associated with surgery; pain related to irritable bowel syndrome; or chest pain. Pharmaco genomics The 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecules of the present invention, as well as agents, or modulators which have a stimulatory or inhibitory effect on 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity (e.g., 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene expression) as identified by a screening assay described herein can be administered to individuals to treat (prophylactically or therapeutically) 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 associated disorders (e.g., cellular growth related disorders) associated with abenant or unwanted 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity. In conjunction with such treatment, pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug) may be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood concentration of the pharmacologically active drag. Thus, a physician or clinician may ' consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecule or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 modulator as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecule or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 modulator. Pharmacogenomics deals with clinically significant hereditary variations in the response to drugs due to altered drug disposition and abnormal action in affected persons. See, for example, Eichelbaum, M. et al. (1996) Clin. Exp. Pharmacol. Physiol. 23(10-11) :983-985 and Linder, M.W. et al. (1997) Clin. Chem. 43(2):254-266. h general, two types of pharmacogenetic conditions can be differentiated. Genetic conditions transmitted as a single factor altering the way drags act on the body (altered drag action) or genetic conditions transmitted as single factors altering the way the body acts on drugs (altered drug metabolism). These pharmacogenetic conditions can occur either as rare genetic defects or as naturally-occurring polymorphisms. For example, glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency (G6PD) is a common inherited enzymopathy in which the main clinical complication is haemolysis after ingestion of oxidant drags (anti-malarials, sulfonamides, analgesics, nitrofurans) and consumption of fava beans. One pharmacogenomics approach to identifying genes that predict drug response, known as "a genome- wide association", relies primarily on a high-resolution map of the human genome consisting of already known gene-related markers (e.g., a "bi-allelic" gene marker map which consists of 60,000-100,000 polymorphic or variable sites on the human genome, each of which has two variants.) Such a high-resolution genetic map can be compared to a map of the genome of each of a statistically significant number of patients taking part in a Phase II/HI drug trial to identify markers associated with a particular observed drug response or side effect. Alternatively, such a high-resolution map can be generated from a combination of some ten million known single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) in the human genome. As used herein, a "SNP" is a common alteration that occurs in a single nucleotide base in a stretch of DNA. For example, a SNP may occur once per every 1000 bases of DNA. A SNP may be involved in a disease process, however, the vast majority may not be disease-associated. Given a genetic map based on the occunence of such SNPs, individuals can be grouped into genetic categories depending on a particular pattern of SNPs in their individual genome. In such a manner, treatment regimens can be tailored to groups of genetically similar individuals, taking into account traits that may be common among such genetically similar individuals. Alternatively, a method termed the "candidate gene approach", can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. According to this method, if a gene that encodes a drug's target is known (e.g., a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein of the present invention), all common variants of that gene can be fairly easily identified in the population and it can be determined if having one version of the gene versus another is associated with a particular drug response. Alternatively, a method termed the "gene expression profiling", can be utilized to identify genes that predict drug response. For example, the gene expression of an animal dosed with a drug (e.g., a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecule or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 modulator of the present invention) can give an indication whether gene pathways related to toxicity have been turned on. Information generated from more than one of the above pharmacogenomics approaches can be used to determine appropriate dosage and treatment regimens for prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an individual. This knowledge, when applied to dosing or drag selection, can avoid adverse reactions or therapeutic failure and thus enhance therapeutic or prophylactic efficiency when treating a subject with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 molecule or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 modulator, such as a modulator identified by one of the exemplary screening assays described herein. The present invention further provides methods for identifying new agents, or combinations, that are based on identifying agents that modulate the activity of one or more of the gene products encoded by one or more of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 genes of the present invention, wherein these products may be associated with resistance of the cells to a therapeutic agent. Specifically, the activity of the proteins encoded by the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 genes of the present invention can be used as a basis for identifying agents for overcoming agent resistance. By blocking the activity of one or more of the resistance proteins, target cells, e.g., cancer cells, will become sensitive to treatment with an agent that the unmodified target cells were resistant to. Monitoring the influence of agents (e.g., drags) on the expression or activity of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein can be applied in clinical trials. For example, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay as described herein to increase 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting decreased 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulated 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity. Alternatively, the effectiveness of an agent determined by a screening assay to decrease 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene expression, protein levels, or downregulate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity, can be monitored in clinical trials of subjects exhibiting increased 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene expression, protein levels, or upregulated 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 activity. In such clinical trials, the expression or activity of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene, and preferably, other genes that have been implicated in, for example, a 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764- associated disorder can be used as a "read out" or markers of the phenotype of a particular cell. Other Embodiments In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a plurality of capture probes. The method can be used, e.g., to analyze gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional array having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., a nucleic acid or peptide sequence; contacting the anay with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764, preferably purified, nucleic acid, preferably purified, polypeptide, preferably purified, or antibody, and thereby evaluating the plurality of capture probes. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody. The capture probes can be a set of nucleic acids from a selected sample, e.g., a sample of nucleic acids derived from a control or non-stimulated tissue or cell. The method can include contacting the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody with a first array having a plurality of capture probes and a second array having a different plurality of capture probes. The results of each hybridization can be compared, e.g., to analyze differences in expression between a first and second sample. The first plurality of capture probes can be from a control sample, e.g., a wild type, normal, or non-diseased, non-stimulated, sample, e.g., a biological fluid, tissue, or cell sample. The second plurality of capture probes can be from an experimental sample, e.g., a mutant type, at risk, disease-state or disorder-state, or stimulated, sample, e.g., a biological fluid, tissue, or cell sample. The plurality of capture probes can be a plurality of nucleic acid probes each of which specifically hybridizes, with an allele of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. Such methods can be used to diagnose a subject, e.g., to evaluate risk for a disease or disorder, to evaluate suitability of a selected treatment for a subject, to evaluate whether a subject has a disease or disorder. 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 is . associated with transferase activity, thus it is useful for disorders associated with abnormal lipid metabolism. The method can be used to detect SNPs, as described above. In another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing a plurality of probes. The method is useful, e.g., for analyzing gene expression. The method includes: providing a two dimensional anay having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which express or mis express 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 or from a cell or subject in which a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mediated response has been elicited, e.g., by contact of the cell with 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid or protein, or administration to the cell or subject 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid or protein; contacting the array with one or more inquiry probe, wherein an inquiry probe can be a nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody (which is preferably other than 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody); providing a two dimensional anay having a plurality of addresses, each address of the plurality being positionally distinguishable from each other address of the plurality, and each address of the plurality having a unique capture probe, e.g., wherein the capture probes are from a cell or subject which does not express 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 (or does not express as highly as in the case of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 positive plurality of capture probes) or from a cell or subject which in which a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 mediated response has not been elicited (or has been elicited to a lesser extent than in the first sample); contacting the array with one or more inquiry probes (which is preferably other than a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody), and thereby evaluating the plurality of capture probes. Binding, e.g., in the case of a nucleic acid, hybridization with a capture probe at an address of the plurality, is detected, e.g., by signal generated from a label attached to the nucleic acid, polypeptide, or antibody. hi another aspect, the invention features, a method of analyzing 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764, e.g., analyzing structure, function, or relatedness to other nucleic acid or amino acid sequences. The method includes: providing a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid or amino acid sequence; comparing the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 sequence with one or more preferably a plurality of sequences from a collection of sequences, e.g., a nucleic acid or protein sequence database; to thereby analyze 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. Prefened databases include GenBank™. The method can include evaluating the sequence identity between a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 sequence and a database sequence. The method can be performed by accessing the database at a second site, e.g., over the internet. In another aspect, the invention features, a set of oligonucleotides, useful, e.g., for identifying SNP's, or identifying specific alleles of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764. The set includes a plurality of oligonucleotides, each of which has a different nucleotide at an intenogation position, e.g., an SNP or the site of a mutation. In a prefened embodiment, the oligonucleotides of the plurality identical in sequence with one another (except for differences in length). The oligonucleotides can be provided with different labels, such that an oligonucleotides which hybridizes to one allele provides a signal that is distinguishable from an oligonucleotides which hybridizes to a second allele. This invention is further illustrated by the following examples which should not be construed as limiting. The contents of all references, patents and published patent applications cited throughout this application are incorporated herein by reference. EXAMPLES Example 1: Identification and Characterization of Human 26199. 33530. 33949, 47148. 50226. and 58764 cDNAs The human 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 sequences (Figures 1A- B; SEQ DO NO:l, figures 6A-B; SEQ HD NO:4, figures 15A-B; SEQ ID NO:7, figures 24A-B; SEQ HD NO: 10, figures 30A-B; SEQ TD NO: 13, and figures 35 A-B; SEQ HD NO:16), which are approximately 1828, 1408, 2327, 2172, 1252, and 1797 nucleotides long including untranslated regions, contain predicted methionine-initiated coding sequences of about 690, 1251, 966, 1989, 1170, and 975 nucleotides (nucleotides 57-746, 36-1287, 148- 1975, 31-2020, 18-1188, and 215-1190 of SEQ TD NO:l, SEQ HD NO:3, SEQ HD NO:4, SEQ HD NO:6, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ ED NO:13, SEQ ED NO:15, SEQ ED NO:16, or SEQ ED NO:18). The coding sequences encode 229, 416, 608, 662, 389, and 324 amino acid proteins (SEQ DO NO:2, SEQ TD NO:5, SEQ DO NO:8, SEQ DO NO:l l, SEQ ED NO: 14, and SEQ ED NO:17). Example 2: Tissue Distribution of 26199. 33530. 33949. 50226. and 58764 mRNA Northern blot hybridizations with various RNA samples can be performed under standard conditions and washed under stringent conditions, i.e., 0.2xSSC at 65°C. A DNA probe conesponding to all or a portion of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 cDNA (SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ TD NO:4, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO: 10, SEQ ED NO:13, and SEQ TD NO:16) or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, and 58764 cDNA can be used. The DNA was radioactively labeled with 32 P-dCTP using the Prime-It Kit (Stratagene, La Jolla, CA) according to the instructions of the supplier. Filters containing mRNA from mouse hematopoietic and endocrine tissues, and cancer cell lines (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA) can be probed in ExpressHyb hybridization solution (Clontech) and washed at high stringency according to manufacturer's recommendations. Example 3: Gene Expression Analysis Total RNA was prepared from various human tissues by a single step extraction method using RNA STAT-60 according to the manufacturer's instructions (TelTest, ie). Each RNA preparation was treated with DNase I (Ambion) at 37°C for 1 hour. DNAse I treatment was determined to be complete if the sample required at least 38 PCR amplification cycles to reach a threshold level of fluorescence using β-2 microglobulin as an internal amplicon reference. The integrity of the RNA samples following DNase I treatment was confirmed by agarose gel electrophoresis and ethidium bromide staining. After phenol extraction cDNA was prepared from the sample using the SUPERSCRIPT™ Choice System following the manufacturer's instructions (GibcoBRL). A negative control of RNA without reverse transcriptase was mock reverse transcribed for each RNA sample. Human 26199, 33530, 33949, 50226, or 58764 expression was measured by TaqMan® quantitative PCR (Perkin Elmer Applied Biosystems) in cDNA prepared from a variety of normal and diseased (e.g., cancerous) human tissues or cell lines. Probes were designed by PrimerExpress software (PE Biosystems) based on the sequence of the human 26199, 33530, 33949, 50226, or 58764 gene. Each human 26199, 33530, 33949, 50226, or 58764 gene probe was labeled using FAM (6-carboxyfluorescein), and the /32-microglobulin reference probe was labeled with a different fluorescent dye, VIC. The differential labeling of the target gene and internal reference gene thus enabled measurement in same well. Forward and reverse primers and the probes for both β2- microglobulin and target gene were added to the TaqMan® Universal PCR Master Mix (PE Applied Biosystems). Although the final concentration of primer and probe could vary, each was internally consistent within a given experiment. A typical experiment contained 200nM of forward and reverse primers plus lOOnM probe for β-2 microglobulin and 600 nM forward and reverse primers plus 200 nM probe for the target gene. TaqMan matrix experiments were carried out on an ABI PRISM 7700 Sequence Detection System (PE Applied Biosystems). The thermal cycler conditions were as follows: hold for 2 min at 50°C and 10 min at 95°C, followed by two-step PCR for 40 cycles of 95°C for 15 sec followed by 60°C for 1 min. The following method was used to quantitatively calculate human 26199, 33530, 33949, 50226, or 58764 gene expression in the various tissues relative to β-2 microglobulin expression in the same tissue. The threshold cycle (Ct) value is defined as the cycle at which a statistically significant increase in fluorescence is detected. A lower Ct value is indicative of a higher mRNA concentration. The Ct value of the human 26199, 33530, 33949, 50226, or 58764 gene is normalized by subtracting the Ct value of the β-2 microglobulin gene to obtain a ΔCt value using the following formula: ΔCt=Ct um an 5 99i4 and 59921 - Ct ^-2 microglobulin- Expression is then calibrated against a cDNA sample showing a comparatively low level of expression of the human 26199, 33530, 33949, 50226, or 58764 gene. The ΔCt value for the calibrator sample is then subtracted from ΔCt for each tissue sample according to the following formula: - ΔCt- ca iibrat o r- Relative expression is then calculated using the arithmetic formula given by 2-ΔΔCt. Expression of the target human 26199, 33530, 33949, 50226, or 58764 gene in each of the tissues tested is then graphically represented as discussed in more detail below. TaqMan real-time quantitative RT-PCR is used to detect the presence of RNA transcript conesponding to human 26199, 33530, 33949, 50226, or 58764 relative to a no template control in a panel of human tissues or cells. 26199 was identified as being induced in MCFIOA and MCF10AT3B human breast epithelial cells, following stimulation with epidermal growth factor (EGF). Taqman results for 26199 on cDNA from untreated MCF 10A, untreated MCF 10AT3B cells and cells treated with 10 ng EGF/ml for 0.5, 1, 2, 4 and 8 hours is shown in the following Table 1. h the EGF treated MCFIOA and MCF10AT3B panel, 26199 expression increased in MCFIOA cells at 1 hour through 4 hours post EGF-freatment. This was consistent with the anay data, although slightly delayed, as the anay data showed an increase in 26199 expression at 30 minutes post EGF treatment. The 25K anay was profiled with probes generated from untreated MCFIOA cells and MCFIOA cells treated with 10 ng EGF/ml for 0.5, 1, 2, 4 and 8 hours. The 25K anay was also profiled with probes generated from untreated MCF10AT3B cells and MCF10AT3B cells treated with 10 ng EGF/ml for 0.5, 1, 2, 4 and 8 hours. 26199 expression increased following EGF treatment. The MPGv3.0 anay was profiled with probes generated from 4 normal breast tissue samples, 4 ductal carcinoma in situ (DOS) samples, 4 invasive ductal carcinoma (EDC) samples and 3 invasive lobular carcinoma (ILC) samples. A clone representing 26199 showed expression levels at 2.6-4.5 the median array intensity of the normal breast samples in 3/4 DCIS samples. This discrepancy may be explained by the fact that RNAs from different EGF- treated MCFIOA cell experiments were used for the anay and Taqman experiments. MCF10AT3B cells also showed an increase in 26199 expression at 1 hour post EGF- treatment, but overall expression levels were low (Ct values -30). Tablel - 26199 Expression in EGF-treated MCFIOA and MCF10AT3B Cells MCFIOA Ohr 27.0 15.7 0.4 MCFIOA 0.5hr 27.0 15.6 0.4 MCF10A lhr 25.5 15.9 1.3 MCFIOA 2hr 25.2 15.8 1.4 MCFIOA 4hr 25.7 15.9 1.1 MCF10A 8hr 26.5 16.0 0.7 MCF3B Ohr 30.7 17.8 0.1 MCF3B 0.5hr 31.0 17.8 0.1 MCF3B lhr 29.1 17.3 0.3 MCF3B 2hr 30.1 18.4 0.3 MCF3B 4hr 30.1 18.1 0.2 MCF3B 8hr 30.3 17.7 0.2 The following Table 2 shows the Taqman results for an oncology panel (Phase I) of human tissues. 26199 expression was upregulated by 4-16-fold in 6/6 breast tumor samples versus 3/4 normal breast samples. Lung tumors uniformly expressed increased levels of 26199 in comparison to normal lung samples. Table 2 - 26199 Expression in Clinical Tumor Samples average Average Relative 26199 Beta 2 Expression Breast N 37.0 22.2 0.0 Breast N 38.5 20.6 0.0 Breast N 33.2 17.2 0.0 Breast N 31.3 19.0 0.6 Breast T 30.8 17.3 0.3 Breast T 31.8 17.9 0.2 Breast T 28.1 16.2 0.8 Breast T 30.0 16.5 0.3 Breast T 32.2 18.2 0.2 Breast T 32.5 19.3 0.4 Ovary N 28.9 17.3 1.1 Ovary N 30.2 18.7 1.1 Ovary N 31.2 19.1 0.8 Ovary N 34.9 22.3 0.5 Ovary T 33.1 18.3 0.1 Ovary T 32.5 17.6 0.1 Ovary T 30.3 16.9 0.3 Ovary T 32.8 17.8 0.1 Ovary T 32.3 17.3 0.1 Ovary T 35.1 19.2 0.0 Ovary T 33.3 20.3 0.4 Ovary T 33.0 16.5 0.0 LungN 40.0 21.8 0.0 Lung N 40.0 18.5 0.0 Lung N 32.7 16.2 0.0 LungN 38.0 15.6 0.0 Lung T 29.5 16.1 0.3 Lung T 27.1 16.0 1.4 LungT 31.8 17.4 0.2 LungT 31.4 16.5 0.1 LungT 30.4 18.7 1.0 LungT 32.3 18.6 0.3 LungT 30.5 17.2 0.3 The following Table 3 shows the Taqman results for another oncology (Phase II) panel of human tissues. Breast, ovary, colon and lung tumors all expressed 26199. Differential expression between tumor and normal tissues was most significant in colon and lung tissues. Table 3 - 26199 Expression in Clinical Tumor Samples Average Average Relative 26199 Beta 2 Expression Colon N 32.2 16.9 0.0 Colon N 35.4 21.1 0.0 Colon N 30.0 18.0 0.3 Colon N 31.2 16.8 0.0 Colon T 31.0 16.2 0.0 Colon T 26.8 17.2 1.3 Colon T 31.5 16.0 0.0 Colon T 30.1 17.0 0.1 Colon T 29.7 16.2 0.1 Colon T 32.4 16.0 0.0 Liver Met 30.7 17.3 0.1 Liver Met 31.3 19.6 0.3 Liver Met 31.6 17.8 0.1 Liver Met 31.9 17.7 0.1 Liver Nor 33.0 16.3 0.0 Liver Nor 36.8 22.6 0.0 Brain N 28.3 19.6 2.5 Brain N 2288..88 2200..22 2.7 Brain N 3 300..44 1 199..55 0.5 Brain N 2 277..33 ■ ■ 1199..55 4.5 Astrocytes 3 333..55 2 211..11 0.2 Brain T 3 366..33 1 166..66 0.0 Brain T 3 355..66 1 177..44 0.0 Brain T 3 344..00 1 188..22 0.0 Brain T 3 322..22 1 177..00 0.0 Brain T 3 333..66 1 199..22 0.0 HMVEC 2 299..99 1 155..99 0.1 HMVEC 3 300..00 1 166..55 0.1 Placenta 3 366..33 2 222..11 0.0 Fetal Adren 3 344..99 2 233..77 0.4 Fetal Adren 2 255..44 1 166..22 1.7 Fetal Liver 2 277..99 1 199..77 3.3 Fetal Liver 3 311..55 1 188..33 0.1 For Taqman results on the phase I tissue panel, highest expression of 26199 orthologs is found in normal brain cortex as shown in the following Table 4. Table 4 - 26199 Expression w/B2 in Normal Tissues Tissue Type Mean β 2 Mean dd Ct Expression Artery normal 31.98 21.32 10.66 0.6159 Vein normal 33.19 19.65 13.54 0.084 Aortic SMC EARLY 29.74 20.91 8.82 2.205 Coronary SMC 29.25 21.77 7.48 5.6014 Static HUVEC 26.98 20.16 6.83 8.82 Shear HUVEC 26.61 20.43 6.18 13.7445 Heart normal 26.57 18.23 8.35 3.0648 Heart CHF 26.59 . 18.58 8.02 3.8658 Kidney 27.37 19.32 8.04 3.7863 Skeletal Muscle 27.2 21.36 5.84 17.4576 Adipose normal 34.56 19.29 15.28 0.0251 Pancreas 28.25 20.68 7.58 5.2444 primary osteoblasts 28.33 18.55 9.79 1.1335 Osteoclasts (diff) 36.87 16.93 19.94 0 Skin normal 30.56 20.45 10.1 0.9112 Spinal cord normal 30 20.06 9.94 1.018 Brain Cortex normal 24.36 20.31 4.04 60.5806 Brain Hypothalamus normal 27.36 20.49 6.88 8.5196 Nerve 29.99 23.6 6.39 11.9239 DRG (Dorsal Root Ganglion) 28.39 20.9 7.5 5.5435 Glial Cells (Astrocytes) 27.25 22.14 5.12 28.8557 Glioblastoma 30.12 17.41 12.71 0.1492 Breast normal 28.45 19.5 8.95 2.022 Breast tumor 26.3 17.65 8.64 2.498 Ovary normal 27.08 19.48 7.6 5.1543 Ovary Tumor 28.14 19.61 8.52 2.7241 Prostate Normal 28.88 18.95 9.93 1.0287 Prostate Tumor 27.23 17.13 10.11 0.908 Epithelial Cells (Prostate) 27.35 21.06 6.29 12.7797 Colon normal 30.91 17.58 13.34 0.0968 Colon Tumor 26.05 18.32 7.73 4.7102 Lung normal 33.2 17.39 15.81 0.0174 Lung tumor 26.78 18.11 8.66 2.4636 Lung COPD 31.59 18.16 13.43 0.0906 Colon D3D 34.27 17.11 17.16 0.0068 Liver normal 32.2 19.23 12.97 0.1251 Liver fibrosis 29.07 20.81 8.27 3.2508 Dermal Cells- fibroblasts 31.31 19.29 12.02 0.2408 Spleen normal 27.47 18.92 8.55 2.668 Tonsil normal 28.11 16.62 11.49 0.3465 Lymph node 28.27 18.01 10.26 0.8155 Small Intestine 31.52 19.39 12.14 0.2223 Skin-Decubitus 29.75 19.63 10.12 0.8986 Synovium 32.38 18.95 13.44 0.09 BM-MNC (Bone manow 26.89 16.43 10.46 0.7124 mononuclear cells) Activated PBMC 30.66 15.45 15.21 0.0264 The following Table 5 shows the Taqman results of an oncology cell lines panel. 26199 is expressed in many tumor cell lines. MCF-7 human breast cancer cells is expressed at the highest levels. Table 5 - 26199 Expression in Cell Lines average Average Relative 26199 B-2 Expression MCF-7 24.5 19.0 45.9 ZR75 26.6 18.7 8.6 T47D 25.5 18.4 15.6 MDA 231 26.8 17.3 2.8 MDA 435 27.5 16.3 0.9 DLD-1 25.0 19.4 42.5 SW 480 27.5 16.9 1.4 SW 620 25.7 18.6 15.0 HCT 116 26.5 18.4 7.7 HT 29 27.7 16.1 0.7 Colo 205 25.8 15.3 1.4 NCIH 125 26.6 17.9 5.3 NCIH 67 25.6 18.8 18.8 NCIH 322 27.0 18.6 6.1 NCEI 460 26.6 17.2 3.2 A549 25.9 18.6 14.0 NHBE 27.7 19.0 5.0 Confirming previous Taqman results, in a breast cancer cell model panel, 26199 showed increased expression in MCFIOA cells treated with EGF and high expression in MCF-7 cells as shown in the following Table 6. Table 6 - 26199 Expression in Breast Cancer Cell Model Panel Tissue Type 26199.2Mean β 2 Mean dd Ct Expression MCF10MS 33.07 20.2 12.87 0.13 MCFIOA 28.86 19.93 8.93 2.05 MCFlOAT.cll 27.27 20 7.27 6.48 MCF10AT.cl3 26.41 19.45 6.96 8.00 MCF10AT1 28.55 20.47 8.08 3.70 MCF10AT3B 28.27 20.23 8.04 3.79 MCF10CAla.cll 33.88 17.32 16.57 0.01 MCF10CAla.cll Agar 33.52 24.69 8.83 2.20 MCF10A.m25 Plastic 31.13 24.23 6.9 8.37 MCFlOCA Agar 30.59 22.17 8.41 2.93 MCF1 OCA Plastic 29.75 21.52 8.22 3.35 MCF3B Agar 29.02 22.31 6.71 9.59 MCF3B Plastic 28.29 22.19 6.1 14.58 MCFIOA EGF 0 hr 26.32 17.72 8.61 2.57 MCFIOA EGF 0.5 hr 25.47 17.66 7.8 4.47 MCFIOA EGF l hr 25.24 17.77 7.47 5.62 MCFIOA EGF 2 hr 24.84 17.93 6.9 8.37 MCFIOA EGF 4 hr 25.77 17.58 8.19 3.42 MCF10A EGF 8 hr 25.7 18.02 7.68 4.88 MCFlOA IGFlA O hr 28.02 21.95 6.07 14.94 MCFIOA IGF1A 0.5 hr 28.84 22.38 6.46 11.32 MCFIOA IGFlA l hr 28.61 21.93 6.68 9.75 MCFIOA IGF1A 3 hr 28.55 21.86 6.7 9.65 MCF10A IGFlA 24 hr 27.09 21.53 5.56 21.20 MCF10AT3B.cl5 Plastic 28.56 22.27 6.29 12.78 MCF10AT3B.cl6 Plastic 29.16 21.9 7.25 6.55 MCF10AT3B.cl3 Plastic 29.12 21.88 7.25 6.59 MCF10AT3B.cH Plastic 28.68 22.09 6.59 10.34 MCF10AT3B.C14 Plastic 28.85 21.75 7.09 7.31 MCF10AT3B.cl2 Plastic 28.84 22.13 6.71 9.55 MCF10AT3B.cl5 Agar 31.66 24.07 7.6 5.15 MCF10AT3B.cl6 Agar 30.9 24.27 6.63 10.13 MCF-7 27.43 23.34 4.09 58.52 ZR--75 28.2 21.51 6.7 9.65 T47D 28.65 21.72 6.93 8.20 MDA-231 29.11 20.47 8.65 2.49 MDA-435 32.42 20.43 11.99 0.25 SkBr3 28.41 20.93 7.47 5.62 Hs578Bst 30.59 19.98 10.61 0:64 Hs578T 28.68 19.93 8.74 2.33 MCF10AT3B Agar 31.95 26.23 5.71 19.04 For Taqman results in the angiogenesis panel, highest expression of 26199 orthologs is found in Wilm's tumor as shown in the following Table 7. Table 7 - Expression of 26199 w/β2 in the Angiogenesis Panel Tissue Type 26199.2Mean β 2 Mean aa ct Expression ONC 101 Hemangioma 29.19 20.93 8.26 3.26 ONC 102 Hemangioma 28.2 19.48 8.72 2.37 ONC 103 Hemangioma 31.97 20.1 11.87 0.27 CHT 1273 Glioblastoma 25.92 20.98 4.95 32.46 CHT 216 Glioblastoma 28.43 18.61 9.82 1.10 CHT 501 Glioblastoma 28.2 21.54 6.66 9.89 NDR 203 Normal Kidney 28.88 21.8 7.08 7.39 PIT 213 Renal Cell Carcinoma 34.1 21.15 12.96 0.13 CHT 732 Wilms Tumor 25.18 20.18 5 31.25 CHT 765 Wilms Tumor 27.55 22.97 4.59 41.67 NDR 295 Skin 32.78 22.2 10.58 0.65 CHT 1424 Uterine Adenocarcinoma 27.2 19.95 7.25 6.55 CHT 1238 Neuroblastoma 28.02 20.8 7.22 6.68 BWH 78 Fetal Adrenal 25.25 19.23 6.02 15.41 BWH 74 Fetal Kidney 26.73 21.11 5.62 20.33 BWH 4 Fetal Heart 27.56 21.14 6.42 11.64 MPI 849 Normal Heart 28.16 20.2 7.96 4.00 CLN 746 Spinal cord 29.54 21.25 8.29 3.21 The following Table 8 shows the Taqman results for an oncology panel (Phase I) of human tissues. 33530 expression was upregulated by 3/8 breast tumor samples versus normal breast samples. 33530 expression was upregulated by 5/7 lung tumor samples versus normal lung samples. 33530 expression is found in both ovary tumors and normal ovary samples. Table 8 - 33530 Expression in Oncology Plate I Average Average Relative 33530 Beta 2 Expression Brst N 29.4 22.4 7.8 Brst N 28.9 21.2 4.8 Brst N 25.8 17.5 3.1 Brst N 26.3 19.9 11.4 Brst T 24.0 16.5 5.5 Brst T 30.0 24.1 16.7 Brst T 23.2 15.7 5.5 Brst T 31.0 25.0 16.2 Brst T 25.0 16.0 2.0 Brst T 25.5 16.5 1.9 Brst T 28.3 18.2 0.9 Brst T 26.9 19.5 6.1 OvryN 25.4 17.4 3.9 OvryN 28.6 18.4 0.8 Ovry T 28.4 18.3 0.9 Ovry T 27.2 17.6 1.3 Ovry T 26.6 16.8 1.1 Ovry T 28.4 17.6 0.6 Ovry T 27.9 17.3 0.7 Ovry T 30.1 19.2 0.5 Lung N 34.2 22.3 0.3 LungN 31.2 18.9 0.2 Lung N 25.4 15.0 0.7 Lung N 28.2 16.2 0.2 Lung T 24.3 16.1 3.3 Lung T 25.9 17.0 2.0 Lung T 26.7 17.5 1.7 Lung T 27.4 16.6 0.6 Lung T 26.6 18.8 4.5 Lung T 25.9 17.2 2.4 Lung T 26.7 17.3 1.5 The following Table 9 shows the Taqman results for an oncology panel (Plate H) of human tissues. 33530 expression is found in both colon tumors and normal colon samples as well as normal liver and liver metastases. 33530 expression was dowmegulated by 6/6 glioblastoma samples versus normal brain samples. Table 9 - 33530 Expression in Oncology Plate II erage Average Relative 33530 Beta 2 Expression Colon N 25.6 16.5 1.9 Colon N 28.8 20.7 3.6 90 IΛ 90 f J ^H o CΛ H U α. m σi σ\ o CN MD in o CO C-; m t CO co CN t oo MD in MD in MD MD co in Ό ro CTs CO CN CO o O in ■ * co t in t-- CN t in t n © o p oo o MD in in CO MD <n N CN CN CN N o in MD 00 t oo MD oό oό σi oό in CN CN C CO CN CN CN CN CN CN o CO CN CN CN CN CN CN CN CN CN The following Table 10 shows the Taqman results of an oncology cell lines panel. 33530 is expressed in many tumor cell lines. NCIH67 cancer cells are expressed at the highest levels. Table 10 - 33530 Expression in Xenograph Cell Lines Average Average Relative 33530 B-2 Expression MCF-7 24.5 19.3 27.5 ZR75 24.9 18.0 8.5 T47D 24.9 18.3 10.0 MDA 231 25.5 17.8 4.8 MDA 435 24.4 16.2 3.4 DLD-1 24.1 19.0 29.9 SW 480 24.4 16.6 4.4 SW 620 24.7 18.2 11.1 HCT 116 24.7 18.2 11.0 HT 29 23.5 15.5 3.8 Colo 205 22.2 14.6 4.9 NCIH 125 24.9 17.2 4.9 NCIH 67 22.8 18.6 54.8 NCIH 322 25.4 18.1 6.4 NCTH 460 25.3 17.4 4.1 A549 24.6 19.1 22.0 NHBE 24.9 18.5 11.4 For Taqman results on the phase I tissue panel, highest expression of 33530 orthologs is found in epithelial cells, glial cells and pancreas as shown in the following Table 11. Table 11 - Phase 1.2.2 Expression of 33530 w/ β2 Tissue Type Mean β2 Mean aa ct Expression Aorta / normal 37.40 24.33 13.07 0.00 Fetal heart/ normal 26.36 20.76 5.60 20.69 Heart normal 28.15 19.80 8.36 3.05 Heart/ CHF 28.75 21.82 6.93 8.23 Vein/ Normal 31.44 20.27 11.17 0.43 Spinal cord/ Normal 29.60 19.98 9.62 1.27 Brain cortex/ Normal 27.74 21.97 5.77 18.39 Brain hypothalamus/ Normal 27.36 21.03 6.33 12.43 Glial cells (Astrocytes) 26.81 22.55 4.26 52.19 Brain/ Glioblastoma 27.58 19.24 8.34 3.09 Breast / Normal 30.40 20.10 10.31 0.79 Breast tumor/ EDC 27.78 19.53 8.26 3.27 OVARY/ Normal 29.29 21.91 7.38 6.00 OVARY/ Tumor 29.68 20.37 9.32 1.57 Pancreas 29.50 25.16 4.34 49.38 Prostate/ Normal 28.56 20.13 8.44 2.89 Prostate/ Tumor 26.51 18.99 7.52 5.45 Colon/ normal 31.80 18.59 13.21 0.11 Colon/tumor 25.95 19.55 6.40 11.88 Colon IBD 29.96 19.32 10.64 0.63 Kidney/ normal 28.40 21.43 6.97 7.98 Liver/ normal 28.56 19.72 8.84 2.18 Liver fibrosis 28.54 20.98 7.56 5.30 Fetal Liver/normal 27.48 22.30 5.18 27.58 Lung / normal 30.84 18.76 12.08 0.23 Lung/ tumor 28.44 19.05 9.39 1.49 Lung/ COPD 27.78 19.06 8.73 2.36 Spleen/ normal 32.91 21.51 11.40 0.37 Tonsil/ normal 30.34 19.01 11.33 0.39 Lymph node/ normal 30.65 19.50 11.15 0.44 Thymus/ normal 28.21 20.28 7.93 4.11 Epithelial Cells (prostate) 24.93 21.34 3.60 82.76 Endothelial Cells (aortic) 29.20 21.77 7.43 5.80 Skeletal Muscle/ Normal 30.83 21.49 9.35 1.54 Fibroblasts (Dermal) 27.80 19.85 7.95 4.06 Skin/ normal 30.89 22.13 8.76 2.31 Adipose/ Normal 30.81 19.69 11.12 0.45 Osteoblasts (primary) 29.02 21.13 7.89 4.23 Osteoblasts (Undiff) 26.95 19.97 6.98 7.92 Osteoblasts(Diff) 26.73 19.10 7.63 5.07 Osteoclasts 30.45 18.45 12.01 0.24 Aortic SMC Early 26.91 21.36 5.55 21.42 Aortic SMC Late 28.93 24.16 4.78 36.52 shear HUVEC 26.17 21.42 4.76 37.03 static HUVEC 27.71 21.97 5.75 18.65 Osteoclasts(Undiff) 32.78 17.43 15.35 0.02 Table 12 below shows Taqman results for an oncology cell lines panel. 33949 was expressed at high levels in many tumor cell lines, including DLD-1, ZR-75, SW620, NCIH125 and MCF-7. Table 12 - 33949 Expression in Xenograph Panel Average Average Relative 33949 B-2 DCt Expression MCF-7 22.0 23.1 -1.1 2166.0 ZR75 21.2 23.1 -1.9 3823.8 T47D 21.6 22.0 -0.5 1375.5 MDA 231 21.6 21.0 0.7 619.9 MDA 435 21.8 19.7 2.1 238.2 DLD-1 21.3 25.0 -3.7 12996.0 SW 480 21.7 19.4 2.3 203.1 SW 620 20.9 22.3 •1.4 2657.4 HCT 116 22.1 22.1 0.0 993.1 HT 29 22.2 19.6 2.6 162.1 Colo 205 22.3 18.7 3.6 84.2 NCIH 125 21.1 21.7 -0.6 1489.7 NCIH 67 21.0 22.3 ■1.2 2329.5 NCIH 322 22.6 22.2 0.4 737.1 NCJH 460 20.9 21.6 -0.7 1613.3 A549 - 22.2 23.1 -0.9 1859.6 NHBE 23.2 23.0 0.2 858.6 SKOV-3 24.4 20.8 3.6 82.2 OVCAR-3 24.4 23.9 0.4 732.0 293 22.9 23.9 -1.0 2013.9 293T 22.9 25.3 -2.4 5259.8 In an oncology phase I panel of human tissues, Taqman results showed highest expression of 33949 in the normal brain cortex and kidney pools as shown in the following Table 13. Breast, colon and lung tumor pools expressed higher levels of 33949 than their respective normal tissue counterparts. <■ Table 13 - Phase 1.3.3 Expression of 33949 Tissue Type Mean β 2 Mean dd Ct Expression Artery normal 31.23 22.2 9.03 1.91 Vein normal 32.41 20.47 11.95 0.25 Aortic SMC EARLY 28.88 21.97 6.91 8.34 Coronary SMC 28.32 23.06 5.26 26.01 Static HUVEC 25.88 20.7 5.18 27.49 Shear HUVEC 26.43 21.16 5.26 26.01 Heart normal 27.95 19.02 8.92 2.06 Heart CHF 26.23 19.27 6.96 8.06 Kidney 24.45 20.72 3.73 75.36 Skeletal Muscle 28.6 21.41 7.18 6.87 Adipose normal 31.28 19.6 11.68 0.30 Pancreas 26.29 21.61 4.67 39.15 primary osteoblasts 27.75 19.37 8.38 3.00 Osteoclasts (diff) 40 17.53 22.47 0.00 Skin normal 29.98 21.37 8.62 2.55 Spinal cord normal 29.07 19.88 9.2 1.71 Brain Cortex normal 23.39 21.23 2.15 225.31 Brain Hypothalamus normal 26.27 21.24 5.03 30.71 Nerve 33.73 23.85 9.88 ' 1.06 DRG (Dorsal Root Ganglion) 27.38 21.94 5.43 23.12 Glial Cells (Astrocytes) 27.7 22.29 5.41 23.60 Glioblastoma 25.72 18.29 7.43 5.78 Breast normal 28.07 20.45 7.62 5.10 Breast tumor 24.44 18.28 6.16 13.98 Ovary normal 25.82 20.36 5.45 22.88 Ovary Tumor 31.1 20.29 10.81 0.56 Prostate Normal 26.41 19.45 6.95 8.09 Prostate Tumor 24.09 17.93 6.16 13.98 Epithelial Cells (Prostate) 26.16 21.29 4.87 34.20 Colon normal 31.93 18.18 13.76 0.07 Colon Tumor 25.5 19.03 6.46 11.32 Lung normal 33.51 18.43 15.07 0.03 Lung tumor 25.87 18.64 7.24 6.64 Lung COPD 28.28 18.41 9.87 1.07 Colon JJBD 35.7 18.15 17.56 0.00 Liver normal 32.31 20.04 12.27 0.20 Liver fibrosis 30.41 21.65 8.77 2.30 Dermal Cells- fibroblasts 29.56 20.88 8.69 2.43 Spleen normal 31.32 19.43 11.9 0.26 Tonsil normal 28.16 17.18 10.98 0.49 Lymph node 30.18 18.55 11.64 0.31 Small Intestine ' 32.89 19.52 13.37 0.09 Skin-Decubitus 29.54 20.52 9.02 1.93 Synovium 33.65 20.19 13.46 0.09 BM-MNC (Bone marrow 31.97 16.69 15.28 0.03 mononuclear cells) Activated PBMC 32.12 15.93 16.18 0.01 Table 14 below shows Taqman results for oncology phase II panels of human tissues. 33949 was expressed at high levels in a subset of breast, lung, colon, ovarian and brain tumors. Differential expression between tumors and respective normal tissues was most significant in lung tissue. Confirming phase I expression patterns, normal brain tissue expressed very high levels of 33949. Table 14 - 33949 Expression in Oncology Plate Tissue Type Mean β 2 Mean dd Ct Expression PIT 400 Breast N 24.57 18.06 6.28 12.8686 PIT 271 Breast N 30.05 24.81 5.01 31.0341 PIT 56 Breast N 29.92 21.97 7.71 4.7594 MDA 106 Breast T 26.18 20.25 5.68 19.4377 MDA 234 Breast T 26.1 17.11 8.76 2.3146 NDR 57 Breast T 25.75 18.3 7.21 6.7542 MDA 304 Breast T 28.6 18.4 9.96 1.0005 NDR 58 Breast T 23.85 17.22 6.4 11.8415 NDR 132 Breast T 24.95 20.3 4.42 46.5524 NDR 07 Breast T 29.02 18.8 9.98 0.9868 NDR 12 Breast T 26.93 20.73 5.96 16.0087 PIT 208 Ovary N 23.66 18.22 5.21 27.1106 CHT 620 Ovary N 25.61 19.01 6.37 12.0904 CHT 619 Ovary N 24.16 19.19 4.74 37.4212 CLN 03 Ovary T 26.27 19.18 6.84 8.6986 CLN 05 Ovary T 26.7 18.09 8.37 3.0331 CLN 17 Ovary T 24.8 19.27 5.29 25.471 CLN 07 Ovary T 27.07 18.56 8.28 3.2283 CLN 08 Ovary T 27.11 18.23 8.64 2.498 MDA 216 Ovary T 29.27 20.16 8.88 2.1299 CLN 012 Ovary T 24.94 20.36 4.34 49.3776 MDA 25 Ovary T 25.53 20.97 4.33 49.721 MDA 183 Lung N 28.27 17.23 10.81 0.557 CLN 930 Lung N 29.38 20.37 8.78 2.2828 MDA 185 Lung N 28.19 19.45 8.5 2.7621 MDI 215 Lung T 24.5 18.5 5.76 18.3892 MDA 259 Lung T 23.52 18.9 4.39 47.6956 CHT 832 Lung T 23.47 18.11 5.12 28.8557 MDA 253 Lung T 26.18 17.5 8.46 2.8496 CHT 814 Lung T 23.95 16.45 7.27 6.4791 CHT 911 Lung T 24.47 18.52 5.72 18.9718 CHT 726 Lung T 24.97 16.82 7.92 4.1433 MDA 253 Lung T 24.09 19.9 3.96 64.0348 CHT 845 Lung T 23.81 19.38 4.2 54.5983 NHBE 38.42 18.29 19.9 0 CHT 396 Colon N 32 18.5 13.27 0.10 CHT 519 Colon N 35.76 19.97 15.56 0.00 CHT 416 Colon N 29.23 19.16 9.83 1.10 CHT 452 Colon N 34.25 17.43 16.59 0.01 CHT 398 Colon T 25.08 19.49 5.36 24.43 CHT 805 Colon T 26.63 18.18 8.21 3.38 CHT 528 Colon T 25.23 18.18 6.83 8.82 CHT 368 Colon T 27.58 17.29 10.06 0.94 CHT 372 Colon T 28.23 19.59 8.4 2.95 CHT 01 Liver Met 32.19 18.34 13.61 0.08 CHT 896 Liver Met 28.47 19.28 8.95 2.02 NDR 217 Liver Met 30.55 18.48 11.82 0.28 PIT 260 Liver N 34.7 17.28 17.19 0.01 PIT 229 Liver N 29.16 24.06 4.87 34.20 MGH 16 Brain N 27.71 23.88 3.6 82.76 MCL 53 Brain N 25.63 23.82 1.58 335.64* MCL 377 Brain N 28.52 24.89 3.4 94.73 MCL 390 Brain N 25.23 23.19 1.8 287.17* MPI 665 Astrocytes 24.72 19.84 4.65 39.83 CHT 201 Brain T 35.55 20.35 14.97 0.00 CHT 216 Brain T 24.07 17.25 6.58 10.45 CHT 501 Brain T 26.57 20.53 5.8 17.89 CHT 1273 Brain T 24.31 21.39 2.69 155.50* CHT 828 Brian T 30.73 21.98 8.52 2.72 A24 HMVEC-An 25.1 18.09 6.78 9.13 C48 HMVEC-Prol 25.8 20.19 5.38 24.10 CHT 50 Placenta 28.98 24.77 3.98 63.37 BWH 75 Fetal Liver 26.2 19.39 6.58 10.49 BWH 54 Fetal Liver 27.23 21.57 5.42 23.36 PIT 213 Rnal Tumor 36.71 24.85 11.63 0.00 CHT 1424 Endometrial AC 30.24 23.34 6.66 9.89 BWH 58 Fetal Adrenal 32.01 26.05 5.73 18.84 PIT 251 Fetal Adrenal 32.1 26.06 5.81 17.82 * ddCt value less than 3 so data may be inaccurate Table 15 below shows Taqman results for an MCF 10 variants cell model panel (breast cancer cell model panel). Confirming transcription profiling data, 33949 was expressed at highest levels in MCF10AT3B cells grown on agar vs. plastic. 33949 was first identified by transcription profiling as being expressed at higher levels in MCF10AT3B cells grown anchorage-independently vs. anchorage-dependently. In microarray expression experiments, a human MPGv3.0 anay was hybridized with probes generated from various MCF10 cells: MCFIOA (10A) - normal human breast epithelial cell, nontransformed, nontumorigenic MCF10A.m25 (10A.m25) - clone of MCFIOA MCFlOAT.cll (CL.l) - activated-ras -expressing nontumorigenic clone MCF10AT.cl3 (CL.3) - activated-ras -expressing nontumorigenic clone MCF 1 OAT 1 (ATI) - activated-ras-expressing tumorigenic line, derived from passage of MCF 1 OAT cells through immunocompromised mice MCF10AT3B (3B) - activated ras-expressing tumorigenic line, derived from two additional serial passages of MCF10AT1 through immunocompromised mice Cells were cultured anchorage-dependently on plastic unless indicated by the word 'agar' in which case the cells were cultured anchorage-independently in soft agar. 33949 was expressed at the highest levels in MCF10AT3B cells grown anchorage-independently vs. anchorage-dependently. This result was repeated in independently prepared MCF10AT3B plastic and agar samples as shown in the Taqman results below. Table 15 - 33949 Expression in MCFIOA Variant Cells Average Average Relative 33949 Beta 2 D Ct Expression MCFIOA -NT 23.7 17.7 6.0 15.7 MCFlOAT.cll -NT 23.1 17.3 5.8 18.5 MCF10AT.cl3 -NT 23.4 17.5 6.0 15.8 MCF10MS -NT 23.8 17.5 6.3 12.4 MCF10CAla.cll -T 22.3 15.1 7.3 6.4 MCF10AT1 -T 23.9 18.0 5.9 17.0 MCF10AT3B -T 24.1 18.0 6.2 13.8 MCF10AT3B-agar 27.3 23.7 3.6 84.5 MCF10CAla.cll-agar 27.1 22.0 5.1 30.0 MCF10A-m25-plastic 27.7 22.1 5.6 21.0 MCF CA-agar 24.0 18.9 5.1 28.9 MCF CA-plastic 23.5 18.3 5.2 27.2 MCF 3B-agar 24.2 20.0 . 4.2 53.1 MCF 3B-plastic 24.8 19.4 5.4 23.2 The following Table 16 depicts a Taq Man anay of 50226 RNA expression relative to the progression of cells through the cell cycle of human colon cancer cells, HCT166 and HCT116 Noc Cells. Table 16 - 50226 Expression in HCT166 and HCT116 Noc Cells Average Average Relative 50226.1 Beta 2 D Ct Expression HCT116 t=0 23.92 20.28 3.64 80.21 HCT116 1=3 20.82 17.08 3.74 74.84 HCT116 t=6 21.26 17.42 3.84 69.83 HCT116 t=9 21.57 17.78 3.79 72.29 HCT116 1=12 20.46 16.37 4.09 58.72 HCT116 1=15 29.10 21.57 7.53 5.43 HCT116 t=18 21.19 17.26 3.93 65.61 HCT116 1=21 21.09 17.60 3.49 89.00 HCT116 1=24 21.27 17.41 3.87 68.63 HCT116 NOC t =0 23.64 21.51 2.13 228.46 HCT116 Noc t- =3 24.25 22.02 2.23 213.16 HCT116 Noc t= =6 24.07 21.39 2.68 156.04 HCT116 Noc t= --9 23.60 20.77 2.83 140.63 HCT116 Noc t= =15 24.51 22.45 2.06 240.65 HCT116 Noc t= =18 23.95 21.32 2.63 161.54 HCT116 Noc t= =21 24.09 20.99 3.10 116.63 HCT116 Noc t= =24 24.51 21.69 2.83 141.12 For Taqman results on the phase I tissue panel, highest expression of 50226 orthologs is found in normal brain cortex as shown in the following Table 17. Breast, prostate, colon and lung tumor pools expressed higher levels of 50226 than their respective normal tissue counterparts. Normal ovary and prostate pools expressed higher levels of 50226 than their respective tumor tissue counterparts. Table 17 - Phase 1.4.3 Expression of 50226.1 Tissue Type Mean β 2 Mean dd Ct Expression Artery normal 30.18 23.23 6.95 8.088 Vein normal 31.3 21.28 10.02 0.9665 Aortic SMC EARLY 29.36 22.54 6.82 8.8507 Coronary SMC 29.88 23.15 6.73 9.4204 Static HUVEC 27.09 21.57 5.53 21.7175 Shear HUVEC 27.27 22.45 4.82 35.4026 Heart normal 26.66 19.45 7.21 6.7542 Heart CHF 26.14 19.93 6.21 13.5553 Kidney 28 20.84 7.16 7.0167 Skeletal Muscle 29.7 23.25 6.46 11.3986 Adipose normal 32.58 23.22 9.36 1.5271 Pancreas 30.8 23.16 7.63 5.0483 primary osteoblasts 27.09 20.11 6.98 7.9216 Osteoclasts (diff) 29.05 18.11 10.93 0.5126 Skin normal 31.93 23.18 8.76 2.3146 Spinal cord normal 31.09 21.81 9.28 1.6142 Brain Cortex normal 27.18 23.11 4.07 59.7466 Brain Hypothalamus normal 29.58 22.89 6.7 9.6517 Nerve 30.18 22.61 7.57 5.2626 DRG (Dorsal Root Ganglion) 29.32 22.54 6.78 9.1311 Resting PBMC 28.56 16.98 11.59 0.3255 Glioblastoma 28.11 19.28 8.84 2.1898 Breast normal 31.39 23.15 8.23 3.3191 Breast tumor 27.75 20 7.75 4.6615 Ovary normal 27.11 20.98 6.12 14.3779 Ovary Tumor 29.52 20.84 8.67 2.4551 Prostate Normal 28.54 21.18 7.36 6.1084 Prostate Tumor 28.86 21.33 7.54 5.3919 Colon normal 29.94 20.62 9.32 1.5646 Colon Tumor 25.78 19.79 5.99 15.7337 Lung normal 28.98 19.22 9.77 1.1453 Lung tumor 27 19.61 7.4 5.9208 Lung COPD 30.52 20.83 9.69 1.2107 Colon D3D 31.5 19.93 11.57 0.3278 Liver normal 30.23 21.82 8.41 2.9298 Liver fibrosis 29.7 22.08 7.62 5.0834 Dermal Cells- fibroblasts 27.83 19.76 8.07 3.7212 Spleen normal 30.41 20.82 9.59 1.302 Tonsil normal 28.18 18.33 9.85 1.0836 Lymph node 30.59 20.27 10.32 0.7796 Skin-Decubitus 29.86 21.06 8.8 2.2358 Synovium 30.67 20.34 10.34 0.7742 BM-MNC (Bone marrow 26.86 17.29 9.57 1.3111 mononuclear cells) Activated PBMC 30.02 19.17 10.85 0.5437 Epithelial Cells (Prostate) 30.75 26.5 4.25 52.556 small Intestine 32.32 24.07 8.25 3.2848 The Taqman results in the following Table 18 also show highest expression of 50226 orthologs in normal brain cortex. Table 18 - Phase 1.3.3 Expression of 50226 w/β2 Tissue Type Mean β 2 Mean dd Ct Expression Artery normal 30.93 21.29 9.65 1.2447 Vein normal 30.26 19.26 11 0.4883 Aortic SMC EARLY 25.3 19.11 6.2 13.6496 Coronary SMC 27.07 21.04 6.03 15.3566 Static HUVEC 25.16 19.84 5.31 25.2076 Shear HUVEC 24.94 19.89 5.05 30.0811 Heart normal 25.16 18.14 7.02 7.7049 Heart CHF 24.55 18.68 5.87 17.0983 Kidney 26.04 19.78 6.26 13.0482 Skeletal Muscle 27.34 20.53 6.82 8.8814 Adipose normal 29.99 18.93 11.07 0.4668 Pancreas 28.31 20.91 7.4 5.9208 primary osteoblasts 25.76 18.66 7.11 7.2641 Osteoclasts (diff) 32.91 17.1 15.81 0.0174 Skin normal 29.99 20.32 9.66 1.2318 Spinal cord normal 28.36 19.06 9.29 1.5919 Brain Cortex normal 24.93 20.15 4.79 36.272 Brain Hypothalamus normal 27.38 20.47 6.92 8.2866 Nerve 31.3 23.34 7.96 4.03 DRG (Dorsal Root Ganglion) 28.2 21.32 6.87 8.5492 Glial Cells (Astrocytes) 27.02 21.56 5.46 22.6397 Glioblastoma 27.93 17.18 10.74 0.5827 Breast normal 30.11 19.61 10.51 0.6881 Breast tumor 26.22 17.66 8.56 2.6405 Ovary normal 25.93 19.54 6.39 11.9239 Ovary Tumor 30.86 19.39 11.48 0.3501 Prostate Normal 28.35 18.9 9.46 1.4248 Prostate Tumor 25.82 17.18 8.64 2.498 Epithelial Cells (Prostate) 25.31 20.23 5.08 29.6669 Colon normal 28.63 17.5 11.14 0.4447 Colon Tumor 24.52 18.2 6.32 12.5602 Lung normal 32.88 18 14.88 0.0332 Lung tumor 26.56 17.91 8.65 2.4894 Lung COPD 30.25 17.91 12.35 0.1915 Colon IBD 34.87 17.56 17.31 0.0062 Liver normal 28.68 19.39 9.29 1.5919 Liver fibrosis 28.52 ' 21.29 7.24 6.6382 Dermal Cells- fibroblasts 26.73 18.81 7.92 4.1147 Spleen normal 31.04 18.86 12.18 0.2163 Tonsil normal 27.56 16.65 10.91 0.5197 Lymph node 29.31 18.07 11.23 0.4149 Small intestine 29.88 19.14 10.74 0.5847 Skin-Decubitus 29.5 19.95 9.55 1.334 Synovium 37.22 20.08 17.14 0 BM-MNC (Bone manow 26.81 16.31 10.49 0.6929 mononuclear cells) Activated PBMC 28.93 15.64 13.29 0.0998 The following Table 19 shows the Taqman results for an oncology panel (Phase π) of human tissues. 50226 expression was upregulated by in 6/6 colon tumor or colon metastases samples versus normal colon samples. 50226 expression was upregulated by in 5/6 lung tumor samples versus normal lung samples. 50226 expression was found in both breast and ovary tumors and normal breast and ovary samples. Table 19 - 50226.2 Expression in Oncology Phase II Panel ' Tissue Type 5 16.2 Meanβ 2 Mean aa ct Expression PIT 400 Breast N 29.77 20.4 9.38 1.50 PIT 372 Breast N 30.78 21.07 9.71 1.19 CHT 559 Breast N 35.76 22.82 12.94 0.00 MDA 304 Breast T: MD-IDC 30.93 19.61 11.32 0.39 CHT 2002 Breast T: EDC 29.42 20.3 9.13 1.79 MDA 236-Breast T:PD-DDC(ILC?) 3 322..0066 20.57 11.48 0.35 CHT 562 Breast T: EDC 30.16 19.44 10.73 0.59 NDR 138 Breast T ILC (LG) 28.67 21.43 7.24 6.64 CHT 1841 Lymph node (Breast met) 13333..1122 22.2 10.91 0.52 PIT 58 Lung (Breast met) 33.91 23.27 10.64 0.63 CHT 620 Ovary N 27.41 20.14 7.27 6.48 PIT 208 Ovary N 26.11 19.45 6.66 9.89 CLN 012 Ovary T 29.97 22.59 7.38 5.98 CLN 07 Ovary T 29.81 19.73 10.07 0.93 CLN 17 Ovary T 27.32 20.9 6.42 11.64 MDA 25 Ovary T 30.21 22.52 7.7 4.83 MDA 216 Ovary T 29.27 19.29 9.98 0.99 PIT 298 LungN 29.74 19.52 10.22 0.84 MDA 185 Lung N 32.22 20.52 11.71 0.30 CLN 930 Lung N 31.83 21.5 10.32 0.78 MPI 215 Lung T-SmC 27.18 19.74 7.45 5.74 MDA 259 Lung T-PDNSCCL 27.36 20.67 6.68 9.72 CHT 832 Lung T-PDNSCCL 29.51 19.36 10.15 0.88 MDA 262 Lung T-SCC 28.93 23.23 5.71 19.17 CHT 793 Lung T-ACA 26.51 19.22 7.29 6.37 CHT 331 Lung T-ACA 28.55 22.22 6.33 12.43 CHT 405 Colon N 28.07 17.4 10.66 0.62 CHT 523 Colon N 29.19 19.36 9.82 1.10 CHT 371 Colon N 26.55 16.68 9.86 1.08 CHT 382 Colon T: MD 29.84 21.75 8.1 3.64 CHT 528 Colon T: MD 25.31 18.47 6.84 8.73 CLN 609 Colon T 27.82 19.79 8.04 3.81 NDR 210 Colon T: MD-PD 30.75 24.11 6.64 9.99 CHT 340 Colon-Liver Met 28.59 21.66 6.92 8.23 NDR 100 Colon-Liver Met 25.22 18.55 6.67 9.82 PIT 260 Liver N (female) 28.43 19.15 9.29 1.60 CHT 1653 Cervix Squamous CC 27.37 21.91 5.46 22.72 CHT 569 Cervix Squamous CC 31.57 19.77 11.8 0.28 A24 HMVEC-An 27.13 19.58 7.54 5.35 C48 HMVEC-Prol 26.39 19.91 6.48 11.20 Pooled Hemangiomas 30.27 20.04 10.23 0.84 HCT116N22 Normoxic 25.3 22.16 3.14 113.44 HCT116H22 Hypoxic 26.24 22.8 3.44 91.82 The Taqman results in the following Table 20 show highest expression of 58764 orthologs in PBL HIV-1 dl. Table 20 - 58764 (agpat) Expression 58764 18S relative exp PBL mock dl 26.6 12.9 0.50 PBL HIV-l dl 24.4 11.3 0.75 PBL mock d3 26.3 11.9 0.31 PBL HIV-1 d3 25.7 11.7 0.40 PBL mock d5 28.1 12.6 0.14 PBL HIV-1 d5 27.3 12.1 0.17 M/M mock d7 29.0 12.4 0.06 M/M MOI 0.1 d7 29.3 12.1 0.04 M/M mock dl 5 29.2 12.2 0.05 M/M MOI 0.1 dl5 30.2 14.1 0.10 M/M mock d26 31.1 14.7 0.08 M/M MOI 0.1 d26 30.6 12.4 0.02 Chronic-TRD-Pre 29.1 11.9 0.04 Chronic-TRD-Post 28.4 11.5 0.06 Chronic-MGB-Pre 29.0 12.1 0.05 Chronic-MGB-Post 28.9 11.6 0.04 Acute-EJT-Pre 28.3 11.7 0.07 Acute-EJT-Post 29.3 11.7 0.03 Acute-KEK-Pre 30.4 11.8 0.02 Acute-KEK-Post 28.9 11.4 0.03 Acute-RKY-Pre 31.2 12.1 0.01 Acute-RKY-Post 32.5 12.0 0.00 d2 uninfect. 29.4 13.7 0.13 d2 S1N239 29.6 12.9 0.06 d2 SJV316 28.0 12.1 0.10 d3 uninfect. 26.9 11.8 0.18 d3 SJV239 28.5 12.8 0.13 d3 SJN316 28.7 13.5 0.17 II AB 28.2 14.0 0.36 II M-CSF 30.2 14.7 0.14 rV AB 28.4 12.3 0.09 IN M-CSF 29.8 14.3 0.14 As seen by these results, 26199, 33530, 33949, or 50226 molecules have been found to be underexpressed or overexpressed in tumor cells, where the molecules may be inappropriately propagating either cell proliferation or cell survival signals. As such, activators or inhibitors of the 26199, 33530, 33949, or 50226 molecules are useful for the treatment of cancer, preferably ovarian, breast, colon, lung, liver or brain cancer, and useful as a diagnostic. Example 4: In situ Hybridization of 26199 and 33949 Specific in situ localization of gene 26199 was observed in 3/3 breast tumors and 1/1 ovarian tumor. No normal tissues for breast or ovary showed staining. 3/11 angiogenic tissues were also stained for 26199, including a Wilm's tumor and a neuroblastoma. Labeling was confined to epithelial cells with no evidence of expression by stromal blood vessels. For 33949, 1/2 normal breast tissues, 4/5 breast tumors, 0/3 normal colon tissues, 3/4 primary colon tumors, 1/2 colon metastasis, 0/2 normal lung tissues, 2/4 lung tumors, 0/1 normal ovary tissue and 2/2 ovary tumors showed positive staining. Example 5: Recombinant Expression of 26199. 33530. 33949. 47148. 50226. and 58764 in Bacterial Cells In this example, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 is expressed as a recombinant glutathione-S-transferase (GST) fusion polypeptide in E. coli and the fusion polypeptide is isolated and characterized. Specifically, 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 is fused to GST and this fusion polypeptide is expressed in E. coli, e.g., strain PEB199. Expression of the GST-26199, -33530, -33949, -47148, -50226, or -58764 fusion protein in PEB199 is induced with IPTG. The recombinant fusion polypeptide is purified from crude bacterial lysates of the induced PEB199 strain by affinity chromatography on glutathione beads. Using polyacrylamide gel electrophoretic analysis of the polypeptide purified from the bacterial lysates, the molecular weight of the resultant fusion polypeptide is determined. Example 6: Expression of Recombinant 26199. 33530. 33949. 47148. 50226. and 58764 Protein in COS Cells To express the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene in COS cells, the pcDNA/Amp vector by Invitrogen Corporation (San Diego, CA) is used. This vector contains an SN40 origin of replication, an ampicillin resistance gene, anE. coli replication origin, a CMV promoter followed by a polylinker region, and an SV40 intron and polyadenylation site. A DΝA fragment encoding the entire 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 protein and an HA tag (Wilson et al. (1984) Cell 31:161) or a FLAG tag fused in-frame to its 3' end of the fragment is cloned into the polylinker region of the vector, thereby placing the expression of the recombinant protein under the control of the CMV promoter. To construct the plasmid, the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 DΝA sequence is amplified by PCR using two primers. The 5' primer contains the restriction site of interest followed by approximately twenty nucleotides of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 coding sequence starting from the initiation codon; the 3' end sequence contains complementary sequences to the other restriction site of interest, a translation stop codon, the HA tag or FLAG tag and the last 20 nucleotides of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 coding sequence. The PCR amplified fragment and the pCDΝA/Amp vector are digested with the appropriate restriction enzymes and the vector is dephosphorylated using the CIAP enzyme (New England Biolabs, Beverly, MA). Preferably the two restriction sites chosen are different so that the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 gene is inserted in the conect orientation. The ligation mixture is transformed into E. coli cells (strains HB101, DH5α, SURE, available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, CA, can be used), the transformed culture is plated on ampicillin media plates, and resistant colonies are selected. Plasmid DNA is isolated from transformants and examined by restriction analysis for the presence of the conect fragment. COS cells are subsequently transfected with the 26199-, 33530-, 33949-, 47148-, 50226-, or 58764-pcDNA/Amp plasmid DNA using the calcium phosphate or calcium chloride co-precipitation methods, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, lipofection, or electroporation. Other suitable methods for transfecting host cells can be found in Sambrook, J., Fritsh, E. F., and Maniatis, T. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. 2nd, ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1989. The expression of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling ( 35 S-methionine or 35 S-cysteine available from NEN, Boston, MA, can be used) and immunoprecipitation (Harlow, E. and Lane, D. Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1988) using an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Briefly, the cells are labeled for 8 hours with 35 S-methiomne (or 35 S-cysteine). The culture media are then collected and the cells are lysed using detergents (RIP A buffer, 150 mM NaCl, 1% NP-40, 0.1% SDS, 0.5% DOC, 50 mM Tris, pH 7.5). Both the cell lysate and the culture media are precipitated with an HA specific monoclonal antibody. Precipitated polypeptides are then analyzed by SDS-PAGE. Alternatively, DNA containing the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 coding sequence is cloned directly into the polylinker of the pCDNA/Amp vector using the appropriate restriction sites. The resulting plasmid is transfected into COS cells in the manner described above, and the expression of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide is detected by radiolabelling and immunoprecipitation using a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 specific monoclonal antibody. Equivalents Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.

Claims: What is claimed is: 1. An isolated 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecule selected from the group consisting of: a) a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence which is at least 60% identical to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ TD NO: 1 , SEQ HD NO:3, SEQ TD NO:4, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ ED NO:13, SEQ TD NO:15, SEQ TD NO:16, SEQ DD NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number ; b) a nucleic acid molecule comprising a fragment of at least 15 nucleotides of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ TD NO:l, SEQ HD NO:3, SEQ E> NO:4, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ ED NO:13, SEQ ED NO:15, SEQ ED NO:16, SEQ ED NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number ; c) a nucleic acid molecule which encodes a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ ED NO:ll, SEQ ED NO: 14, SEQ ED NO: 17, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with the ATCC as Accession Number ; d) a nucleic acid molecule which encodes a fragment of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ HD NO:l 1, SEQ ED NO:14, SEQ ED NO:17, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with the ATCC as Accession Number , wherein the fragment comprises at least 15 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ TD NO:8, SEQ TD NO:l 1, SEQ ED NO:14, SEQ ED NO:17, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with the ATCC as Accession Number ; e) a nucleic acid molecule which encodes a naturally occurring allelic variant of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ DD NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ E> NO:l 1, SEQ ED NO:14, SEQ ED NO:17, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with the ATCC as Accession Number , wherein the nucleic acid molecule hybridizes to a nucleic acid molecule comprising SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ TD NO:3, SEQ DD NO:4, SEQ DD NO:6, SEQ DD NO:7, SEQ TD NO:9, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ ED NO:13, SEQ ED NO:15, SEQ ED NO: 16, SEQ D NO: 18, or a complement thereof, under stringent conditions; f) a nucleic acid molecule comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ HD NO:l, SEQ ED NO:3, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ ED NO:13, SEQ ED NO:15, SEQ DD NO:16, SEQ DD NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number ; and g) a nucleic acid molecule which encodes a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ DD NO:5, SEQ DD NO:8, SEQ ED NO:l 1, SEQ ED NO:14, SEQ ED NO:17, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with the ATCC as Accession Number . 2. The isolated nucleic acid molecule of claim 1, which is the nucleotide sequence SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:13, or SEQ ED NO: 16. 3. A host cell which contains the nucleic acid molecule of claim 1. 4. An isolated 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) a polypeptide which is encoded by a nucleic acid molecule comprising a nucleotide sequence which is at least 60% identical to a nucleic acid comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ED NO: 1 , SEQ ED NO:3, SEQ DD NO:4, SEQ ED NO:6, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:12, SEQ ED NO:13, SEQ ED NO:15, SEQ ED NO:16, SEQ ED NO:18, or the nucleotide sequence of the DNA insert of the plasmid deposited with ATCC as Accession Number , or a complement thereof; b) a naturally occurring allelic variant of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ TD NO:5, SEQ TD NO:8, SEQ ED NO:l 1, SEQ TD NO: 14, SEQ E> NO: 17, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with the ATCC as Accession Number , wherein the polypeptide is encoded by a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes to a nucleic acid molecule comprising SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ HD NO:3, SEQ TD NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ TD NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ DO NO:10, SEQ HD NO:12, SEQ ID NO:13, SEQ TD NO:15, SEQ TD NO: 16, SEQ TD NO: 18, or a complement thereof under stringent conditions; c) a fragment of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ TD NO:2, SEQ TD NO:5, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ TD NO:l 1, SEQ ED NO:14, SEQ HD NO:17, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with the ATCC as Accession Number , wherein the fragment comprises at least 15 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ DD NO:8, SEQ DO NO:l 1, SEQ HD NO:14, or SEQ ED NO:17; and d) the amino acid sequence of SEQ HD NO:2, SEQ TD NO:5, SEQ E> NO:8, SEQ ED NO: 11, SEQ DD NO: 14, or SEQ DD NO:17. 5. An antibody which selectively binds to a polypeptide of claim 4. 6. A method for producing a polypeptide selected from the group consisting of: a) a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ E) NO:5, SEQ TD NO:8, SEQ TD NO:ll, SEQ HD NO:14, SEQ E> NO:17, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with the ATCC as Accession Number ; b) a polypeptide comprising a fragment of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ HD NO:5, SEQ TD NO:8, SEQ ED NO:ll, SEQ ED NO:14, SEQ ED NO:17, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with the ATCC as Accession Number , wherein the fragment comprises at least 15 contiguous amino acids of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ DD NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ ED NO:l 1, SEQ ED NO:14, SEQ ED NO:17, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with the ATCC as Accession Number ; c) a naturally occurring allelic variant of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ TD NO:8, SEQ E> NO:ll, SEQ TD NO:14, SEQ TD NO: 17, or the amino acid sequence encoded by the cDNA insert of the plasmid deposited with the ATCC as Accession Number , wherein the polypeptide is encoded by a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes to a nucleic acid molecule comprising SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ ED NO:3, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ DD NO:6, SEQ DD NO:7, SEQ ED NO:9, SEQ ED NO: 10, SEQ ED NO: 12, SEQ ED NO: 13, SEQ ED NO: 15, SEQ ED NO:16, or SEQ ED NO:18; and d) the amino acid sequence of SEQ ED NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ HD NO:8, SEQ ED NO: 11, SEQ ED NO: 14, or SEQ ID NO: 17; comprising culturing the host cell of claim 3 under conditions in which the nucleic acid molecule is expressed. 7. A method for detecting the presence of a nucleic acid molecule of claim 1 or a polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule in a sample, comprising: a) contacting the sample with a compound which selectively hybridizes to the nucleic acid molecule of claim 1 or binds to the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule; and b) determining whether the compound hybridizes to the nucleic acid or binds to the polypeptide in the sample. 8. A kit comprising a compound which selectively hybridizes to a nucleic acid molecule of claim 1 or binds to a polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule and instructions for use. 9. A method for identifying a compound which binds to a polypeptide or modulates the activity of the polypeptide of claim 4 comprising the steps of: a) contacting a polypeptide, or a cell expressing a polypeptide of claim 4 with a test compound; and b) determining whether the polypeptide binds to the test compound or determining the effect of the test compound on the activity of the polypeptide. 10. A method for'modulating the activity of a polypeptide of claim 4 comprising contacting the polypeptide or a cell expressing the polypeptide with a compound which binds to the polypeptide in a sufficient concentration to modulate the activity of the polypeptide. 11. A method of identifying a nucleic acid molecule associated with a disorder comprising: a) contacting a sample from a subject with or at risk of developing a disorder comprising nucleic acid molecules with a hybridization probe comprising at least 25 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ TD NO:4, SEQ TD NO:7, SEQ TD NO:10, SEQ HD NO: 13, or SEQ HD NO: 16 defined in claim 2; and b) detecting the presence of a nucleic acid molecule in the sample that hybridizes to the probe, thereby identifying a nucleic acid molecule associated with a disorder. 12. A method of identifying a nucleic acid associated with a disorder comprising: a) contacting a sample from a subject having a disorder or at risk of developing a disorder comprising nucleic acid molecules with a first and a second amplification primer, the first primer comprising at least 25 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ E> NO:4, SEQ TD NO:7, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ HD NO:13, or SEQ TD NO:16 defined in claim 2 and the second primer comprising at least 25 contiguous nucleotides from the complement of SEQ DO NO:l, SEQ TD NO:4, SEQ TD NO:7, SEQ E> NO:10, SEQ HD NO:13, or SEQ DD NO:16; b) incubating the sample under conditions that allow nucleic acid amplification; and c) detecting the presence of a nucleic acid molecule in the sample that is amplified, thereby identifying the nucleic acid molecule associated with a disorder. 13. A method of identifying a polypeptide associated with a disorder comprising: a) contacting a sample comprising polypeptides with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 binding partner of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide defined in claim 4; and b) detecting the presence of a polypeptide in the sample that binds to the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 binding partner, thereby identifying the polypeptide associated with a disorder. 14. A method of identifying a subject having a disorder or at risk for developing a disorder comprising: a) contacting a sample obtained from the subject comprising nucleic acid molecules with a hybridization probe comprising at least 25 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO: 10, SEQ ED NO:13, or SEQ ED NO: 16 defined in claim 2; and b) detecting the presence of a nucleic acid molecule in the sample that hybridizes to the probe, thereby identifying a subject having a disorder or at risk for developing a disorder. 15. A method of identifying a subj ect having a disorder or at risk for developing adisorder comprising: a) contacting a sample obtained from the subject comprising nucleic acid molecules with a first and a second amplification primer, the first primer comprising at least 25 contiguous nucleotides of SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO: 10, SEQ ED NO:13, or SEQ ED NO:16 defined in claim 2 and the second primer comprising at least 25 contiguous nucleotides from the complement of SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:13, or SEQ ED NO:16; b) incubating the sample under conditions that allow nucleic acid amplification; and c) detecting the presence of a nucleic acid molecule in the sample that is amplified, thereby identifying a subject having a disorder or at risk for developing a disorder. 16. A method of identifying a subject having a disorder or at risk for developing a disorder comprising: a) contacting a sample obtained from the subject comprising polypeptides with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148; 50226, or 58764 binding partner of the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide defined in claim 4; and b) detecting the presence of a polypeptide in the sample that binds to the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 binding partner, thereby identifying a subject having a disorder or at risk for developing a disorder. 17. A method for identifying a compound capable of treating a disorder characterized by abenant 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid expression or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide activity comprising assaying the ability of the compound to modulate 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid expression or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide activity, thereby identifying a compound capable of treating a disorder characterized by abenant 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid expression or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide activity. 18. A method for treating a subject having a disorder or at risk of developing a disorder comprising administering to the subject a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 modulator of the nucleic acid molecule defined in claim 1 or the polypeptide encoded by the nucleic acid molecule or contacting a cell with a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 modulator. 19. The method of claim 18, wherein the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 modulator is a) a small molecule; b) peptide; c) phosphopeptide; d) anti-26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 antibody; e) a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ DD NO:8, SEQ DD NO:l 1, SEQ DD NO: 14, SEQ TD NO: 17, or a fragment thereof; f) a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence which is at least 90 percent identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ HD NO:2, SEQ E> NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ HD NO:l SEQ ED NO: 14, or SEQ DO NO: 17, wherein the percent identity is calculated using the ALIGN program for comparing amino acid sequences, a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12, and a gap penalty of 4; or g) an isolated naturally occurring allelic variant of a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ DO NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ ED NO:l 1, SEQ ED NO:14, or SEQ DO NO:17, wherein the polypeptide is encoded by a nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes to a complement of a nucleic acid molecule consisting of SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ JTD NO:4, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ TD NO:10, SEQ HD NO:13, or SEQ ED NO:16 at 6X SSC at 45°C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65°C. 20. The method of claim 18, wherein the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 modulator is a) an antisense 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecule; b) is a ribozyme; c) the nucleotide sequence of SEQ TD NO: 1 , SEQ HD NO:4, SEQ TD NO:7, SEQ HD NO: 10, SEQ TD NO: 13, or SEQ ED NO: 16, or a fragment thereof; d) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence which is at least 90 percent identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ HD NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ ED NO:8, SEQ ED NO:l 1, SEQ DD NO:14, or SEQ DD NO:17, wherein the percent identity is calculated using the ALIGN program for comparing amino acid sequences, a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12, and a gap penalty of 4; e) a nucleic acid molecule encoding a naturally occurring allelic variant of a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ DO NO:2, SEQ ED NO:5, SEQ DD NO:8, SEQ ED NO:ll, SEQ ED NO:14, or SEQ ED NO:17, wherein the nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes to a complement of a nucleic acid molecule consisting of SEQ ED NO:l, SEQ ED NO:4, SEQ ED NO:7, SEQ ED NO:10, SEQ ED NO:13, or SEQ ED NO:16 at 6X SSC at 45°C, followed by one or more washes in 0.2X SSC, 0.1% SDS at 65°C; or f) a gene therapy vector. 21. A method for evaluating the efficacy of a treatment of a disorder, in a subject, comprising: treating a subject with a protocol under evaluation; assessing the expression level of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecule defined in claim 1 or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide encoded by the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecule, wherein a change in the expression level of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide after the treatment, relative to the level before the treatment, is indicative of the efficacy of the treatment of a disorder. 22. A method of diagnosing a disorder in a subject, comprising: evaluating the expression or activity of a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecule defined in claim 1 or a 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide encoded by the 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid molecule, such that a difference in the level of 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 nucleic acid or 26199, 33530, 33949, 47148, 50226, or 58764 polypeptide relative to a normal subject or a cohort of normal subjects is indicative of a disorder. 23. The method defined in claim 18, wherein the disorder is cancer, or abenant cellular proliferation and/or differentiation. 24 The method defined in claim 23, wherein the cancer or abenant cellular proliferation and/or differentiation is ovarian, breast, lung, colon, liver, prostate, or brain cancer.

Inventors: MACBETH KYLE, MEYERS RACHEL A, MACBETH, KYLE, MEYERS, RACHEL, A.
Applicants: MACBETH KYLE, MEYERS RACHEL A, MILLENNIUM PHARM INC, MACBETH, KYLE, MEYERS, RACHEL, A., MILLENNIUM PHARMACEUTICALS INC.
Application year: 2001
Main classification: C12N15
IPC codes: A61K38, A61K48, C12N1, C12N9, C12N15